Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Auto - Parts / Standard Motor Products, Inc. / FY2010 Annual Report

Standard Motor Products, Inc.
Annual Report 2010

SMP · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker SMP
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Auto - Parts
Employees 5600
← All annual reports
FY2010 Annual Report · Standard Motor Products, Inc.
Loading PDF…
nortHern HoMe CoUntieS

First Floor, Unit E1
The Courtyard
Alban Park
Hatfield Road
St Albans
Hertfordshire
AL4 0LA

01727 732690

St. Modwen 
ProPertieS PLC
Company Number 349201

HeAd oFFiCe & MidLAndS 
reGionAL oFFiCe

Sir Stanley Clarke House
7 Ridgeway
Quinton Business Park
Birmingham
B32 1AF

0121 222 9400

www.stmodwen.co.uk 
info@stmodwen.co.uk

reGionAL oFFiCeS:
London & SoUtH eASt

180   Great Portland Street
London
W1W 5QZ

020 7788 3700

SoUtH weSt & SoUtH wALeS

Green Court
King’s Weston Lane
Avonmouth
Bristol
BS11 8AZ

0117 316 7780

YorKSHire & nortH eASt

Ground Floor, Unit 2
Landmark Court
Elland Road
Leeds
LS11 8JT

0113 272 7070

nortH StAFFordSHire

The Trentham Estate
Management Suite
Stone Road
Trentham
Stoke-on-Trent
ST4 8AX

01782 281844

nortH weSt

Chepstow House
Trident Business Park
Daten Avenue
Risley
Warrington
WA3 6BX

01925 825950

S
t
M
o
d
w
e
n
P
r
o
P
e
r
t
i
e
S
P
L
C

A
n
n
u
A
l
R
e
p
o
R
t

f
o
R
t
h
e
y
e
A
R
e
n
d
e
d
3
0
n
o
V
e
M
B
e
R
2
0
1
0

the uK’s leading
Regeneration Specialist

St. Modwen ProPertieS PLC
www.stmodwen.co.uk

StoCK Code: SMP

St Modwen ProPertieS PLC
AnnuAl RepoRt foR the yeAR ended 30 noVeMBeR 2010 

18573-04  

16/02/2011 

Proof 7

18573-04  

16/02/2011 

Proof 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
welcome to St. Modwen

Contents

www.stmodwen.co.uk 
resource Centre

St. Modwen is the uK’s leading regeneration 
specialist. over the last 30 years we have built 
up a land bank of over 5,700 developable acres 
and have transformed the uK landscape via 
thoughtfully planned sustainable communities, 
mixed-use and town centre schemes, district 
centres and business and employment 
developments.

our schemes act as the catalyst for wide scale 
comprehensive regeneration in the areas that need 
it the most. With each development we seek to 
leave a legacy by providing the right physical and 
economic infrastructure where businesses and 
communities can evolve and develop.

We have a strong presence across the uK and our 
diverse property portfolio of over 180 sites means 
we are not over exposed to a single scheme, tenant 
or sector. this portfolio is largely divided into 
three specific areas of focus: income producing, 
residential land and commercial land.

Business review
Page 07
Operational and financial 
performance in 2010 and 
prospects for 2011.
08  Chairman’s Statement

10  Chief Executive’s Review 

12  Operating and Financial Review

Corporate Governance
Page 21
Information regarding the 
Board and how they have run 
the business for the benefit  
of the shareholders.

22  Corporate Social Responsibility 

28  Board Members and  
Senior Management 

31  Corporate Governance Report

38  Directors’ Remuneration Report

Financial Statements
Page 45
Detailed analysis of  
financial performance.

46  Directors’ Responsibilities 

Statement

47 

Independent Group  
Auditors’ Report

48  Group and Company  

Accounts 

88 

Independent  
Auditors’ Report

89  Five Year Record

90  Notice of Annual  
General Meeting 

94  Glossary of Terms

95 

Information for Shareholders 

96  Development Projects

Reports and Publications

St. Modwen’s reports and publications are 
available to view online or download from 
www.stmodwen.co.uk

You can order St. Modwen’s printed 
publications, free of charge from:

UK and Rest of World

Sir Stanley Clarke House
7 Ridgeway
Quinton Business Park
Birmingham
B32 1AF

Industrial 
St. Modwen’s reports and publications are available to view online or 
download from www.stmodwen.co.uk

Retail

Registered office
Sir Stanley Clarke House
7 Ridgeway
Quinton Business Park
Birmingham
B32 1AF

Company number
349201

Website
www.stmodwen.co.uk

Joint Stockbrokers
JP Morgan Cazenove
Numis Securities

18573-04  

16/02/2011 

Proof 7

18573-04  

16/02/2011 

Proof 7

www.stmodwen.co.uk 
Highlights of 2010

01

Profit before tax
£37.5m
(2009: loss of £119.4m)
Our return to profit was driven by significant 
progress in property profits and a recovery in 
valuation gains.

Net assets per share
218p
(2009: 200p)
Net asset value has increased by 9%.

(£73.1m)

£37.5m

251p*

200p

218p

2008

(£119.4m)
2009

2010

2008

2009

2010

Trading profit**
£17.4m
(2009: £8.4m)
Our core rental and other income covers the 
running costs of the company and provides 
a stable base from which the Group can 
maximise its development activities.

Gearing
72%
(2009: 80%)
Our cash flow management has enabled us to 
reduce our gearing to 72%.

£19.5m

£17.4m

105%

80%

72%

£8.4m

2008

2009

2010

2008

2009

2010

* Adjusted for equity issue in 2009

** See note 2 of the financial statements

The statutory report of the directors comprises the business review and corporate 
governance sections of the annual report and has been drawn up and presented in 
accordance with English Company Law

Read more online at 
www.stmodwen.co.uk

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

02     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Business review  our Strategy

Our strategy is to add value to all land and property assets we  
hold by marshalling an extensive bank of development opportunities 
and by delivering development schemes across all sectors of the 
property market. 

THe HoPPer

Our hopper of future development opportunities comprises over 5,700 
developable acres and 16 Town Centre projects. We acquire these 
opportunities in their rawest state, ensuring that we can add maximum 
value as we work through the planning process towards delivery and 
ultimately disposal. We aim to replace the land used every year to 
enable the Company’s long-term growth. 

STaGe 1

•	 We	now	have	a	land	bank	of	
5,736 developable acres of 
which 375 acres were acquired 
in 2010

MarSHaLLiNG

Our development and construction teams, supplemented with skilled 
external professionals, have a proven track record of marshalling a 
wide range of projects through the planning process. We have particular 
expertise in site assembly, remediation, master planning and public 
consultation. 

STaGe 2

•	 We	continued	to	secure	many	
important planning consents 
in 2010, including over 1,400 
residential units and over 1 
million sq. ft. of commercial 
space 

DeLivery

With planning permissions secured, schemes are built-out or the land 
sold in response to market conditions. Assets are disposed of once no 
further significant value can be added and the capital is then recycled 
into new schemes, enabling the entire process to begin again. 

STaGe 3

•	 We	achieved	over	50	disposals	

in the year, realising over 
£125m with a profit of £21.9m

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

03

We also recycle the capital raised from the disposal of those assets 
to which we can no longer add value into the acquisition of new 
opportunities. This is all underpinned by £525m of income producing 
property assets and managed estates.

Branston
East Staffordshire

BP Portfolio
South Wales

openshawe
East Manchester

raF Uxbridge
Greater London

Long Marston estate
Warwickshire

South ockendon
Essex

Connah’s Quay
Flintshire

Warwickshire College
Warwickshire

edmonton Green
London

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

04     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
our Strategy continued

Share of Portfolio

There are three main areas of  
focus for our business, each supported 
by our proven strategy.

InCOME pROduCInG pROpERTIES

Income Producing Properties 50%

Residential Land 38% 

Commercial Land 12% 

Our active land bank is underpinned by over  

£500m of retained assets and managed estates  

that provide us with a regular and secure income 

stream whilst we marshal our schemes through the 

planning and construction process. 

Key FaCTS: 

•  Book value — £525m 
•  Diversified rent roll (1,650 tenants) providing annual 

rent of £45.7m 

See case study on page 13

RESIdEnTIAL LAnd

COMMERCIAL LAnd

A key strand to our business has always been to 

Our ability to marshal land through the planning  

acquire and develop land with potential for residential 

process and offer ‘oven ready’ sites for development 

development. Value is realised through land sales, 

means that we are well placed to take advantage 

development with joint venture partners and via our  

of a growing demand for pre-let / design and build 

own in-house development team. 

opportunities arising from a decreasing supply of  

Key FaCTS: 

•  Book value — £400m; 1,550 acres
•  24,805 units; 20,724 with a recognised planning 
consent of which 3,700 are in London and South 

East

See case study on page 14

stock. 

Key FaCTS: 

•  Book value — £130m; 2,794 acres
•  Many large pre-sold construction projects underway 

or completing in 2011

See case study on page 19

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

05

Our business activities and our hopper are controlled through a network of seven 
regional teams of highly skilled professionals. Our regional presence provides 
us with national and local knowledge and expertise that keep us in tune with 
the needs of the local community and ensures that we remain politically and 
economically sensitive to each individual area. 

At a time of pressure on public finances, we believe our regional presence and 
extensive regeneration expertise will prove crucial in building on our established 
relationships with Local Authorities across the country who can continue to look to 
us to reliably deliver regeneration. 

Regional presence

yorKSHire & NorTH eaST

NorTH WeST

NorTH STaFForDSHire

MiDLaNDS

NorTHerN HoMe CoUNTieS

SoUTH WeST  
& SoUTH WaLeS

LoNDoN & SoUTH eaST

For a list of development projects see page 96

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

06     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

07

Chairman’s Statement 
Chief Executive’s Review 
Operating and Financial Review 

08
10
12

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

08     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Business review  Chairman’s Statement

“In my final statement to you as Chairman, I am 
pleased to report on a strong recovery by your 
Company with a return to profit and NAV growth.”

Anthony Glossop
Chairman

 The Trentham Estate and Gardens, where visitor 
levels increased by almost 50% to 315,000  
in 2010.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

09

Directors and Employees
At the forthcoming Annual General Meeting Ian Menzies-Gow will 
retire after nine years service, the last two as Senior Independent 
Director. His robust and incisive contribution to Board debate was 
always of the greatest assistance and I would like to thank him for his 
considerable help.

It is intended that Ian will be replaced as Senior Independent Director by 
David Garman who joined us in April 2010 as a non-executive director. 
David has a broad range of industrial experience both in an executive 
and non-executive capacity, which I expect to be of great assistance to 
the Company.

I will also step down as Chairman at the same time and I would like 
to welcome Bill Shannon who joined us in November 2010 as my 
designated successor. He had a long and successful executive career 
with	Whitbread	PLC	before	establishing	himself	as	a	respected 
non-executive.

We	also	welcome	Michael	Dunn	as	Group	Finance	Director.	He	joined	
in December 2010 to replace Tim Haywood who left us last year after 
almost eight years’ service with the Company. Michael, who joined us 
from May Gurney, has extensive experience of working for publicly listed 
companies in the construction and outsourcing sectors and will be a 
great asset to the Company.

The fact that the Company has emerged from the undoubted challenges 
of the past three years in such good shape is largely due to the expertise 
and drive of the Company’s employees at all levels in the organisation. 
Their dedication and skill has been of the highest order. They have been 
a pleasure to work with.

Prospects
Although the property market and broader economic prospects remain 
uncertain, and the impact of spending cuts has yet to be fully felt, we 
are	nevertheless	confident	of	the	prospects	for	the	Company.	We	have	
a long track record of generating value from our traditional activities 
of regeneration and the proactive management of ‘secondary’ assets, 
and the results for the year to 30th November 2010 demonstrate that 
we have been able to manage our business and assets through the 
global crisis while continuing to progress our portfolio of development 
projects to ensure the company is well positioned to deliver value for our 
shareholders.

As we look forward, our financial position is sound; our business 
model will increasingly create value; our valuations are prudent, and 
our	recurring	income	is	robust.	We	are	also	in	a	good	position	to	seize	
attractive opportunities to add further to the hopper, our regional teams 
continue to find opportunities to generate value and we are seeing a 
gradual recovery of liquidity in our key markets.

I am confident that I leave the Company in capable hands and that 2011 
will be a year of further progress.

anthony Glossop
Chairman
4th February 2011

*including our share of joint ventures and associates as detailed in note 2.

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

Dear Shareholder,

In my final statement to you as Chairman and as predicted in our half 
year and interim management statements, I am pleased to be able to 
report on a strong recovery by your Company with a return to profit and 
NAV growth.

Profit before tax was £37.5m (2009: loss of £119.4m) with net asset 
value per share growing by 9% to 218p (2009: 200p).

These results were driven by significant progress in property profits* to 
£21.9m (2009: £7.6m) and a recovery in valuation gains* of £23.0m 
(2009: (£122.3m)), of which £17.6m were attributable to asset 
management initiatives, progressing our projects through the planning 
and development stages (“marshalling”) and other added value activities.

These achievements resulted in a 7% increase in our diluted EPRA net 
asset value, which now stands at 234p per share (2009: 219p), and 
helped generate a positive operational cashflow and enabled us to reduce 
our gearing to 72% (2009: 80%).

Our active approach to asset management has led to an increase in 
recurring income and our rent roll, and vacancy levels within our portfolio 
have reduced to 12% (2009: 17%). Our financial position has been 
further improved by active management of our funding requirements, 
through adding to and extending our existing banking facilities.

Dividends
On the back of this recovery, dividend payments were resumed at the 
half year and your Board is now recommending a final dividend of 2p 
(2009: nil) per ordinary share, making a total distribution for the year 
of 3p (2009: nil). This final dividend will be paid on 4th April 2011 to 
shareholders on the register on 11th March 2011.

Strategy
Our strategy is a long-standing and consistent one: to add value to 
the properties we control through remediation, marshalling, asset 
management, development and delivery by our first rate regional 
teams, focusing on areas where our regeneration and brownfield 
expertise enables us to generate profits in commercial and residential 
development.

Our business model has evolved over many years to ensure that our 
longer-term development activities are underpinned by a reliable 
recurring income stream (and capital appreciation) generated by our 
portfolio of rent-producing properties. These assets are now valued at 
over £500m, representing 50% by value of our total portfolio, and ensure 
we can progress our developments in a controlled and profitable manner.

In addition, we own an extensive landbank (our “hopper”) of over 
5,700 developable acres, 38% of which comprises land earmarked for 
residential development.

During the course of this year, many commentators have focused 
their attention on the prospects for ‘prime’ assets. It is therefore 
pleasing that we have been able demonstrably to deliver against our 
strategy and business model and record healthy year on year growth 
in profits, property valuations and net asset values. Our development 
and remediation activity levels have improved; we have continued to 
progress our schemes successfully through the planning process to 
ensure a pipeline of future activity and added value, and the hopper 
of development opportunities has increased to record levels through a 
programme of selective acquisitions.

We	are	always	looking	to	challenge	and	improve	this	strategy. 
Our groundbreaking joint venture with Persimmon, which covers 
2,000 plots on seven sites, is a clear example of how we are able 
to extract value (and cash) from the longer-term residential assets in 
the hopper, accelerating the use of our residential land stock and 
improving profitability.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

10     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Business review  Chief executive’s review

“Looking ahead we are confident that St. Modwen’s 
long-established strategy will once again give us the 
opportunity to provide sector leading returns  
to shareholders.”

Bill Oliver
Chief Executive

 Progress at Longbridge — the 250,000 sq. ft. 
Bournville College, on target for completion  
in 2011.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

11

We	are	proud	to	be	recognised	as	the	UK’s	leading	regeneration	
specialist. Our regeneration activities and the complex schemes we 
deliver make a real and lasting difference and provide an economic boost 
to many deprived areas across the country.

Our return to profit is testament to the strength of our business, the 
hard work and skill of our employees and our proven strategy of adding 
value to the portfolio of properties we own and manage. The performance 
is also a result of our regional presence which differentiates us from 
many of our competitors and has kept us in tune with the needs of local 
communities and businesses.  It has also enabled us to continue to 
access sites that offer us the potential to apply our expertise to create 
value for our shareholders, partners and stakeholders.

Our balanced business model ensures that our development activities 
are underpinned by a reliable recurring income stream from our £525m 
portfolio of rent-producing properties. This enables us to fund our cost 
base and progress our longer-term regeneration projects in a risk-averse 
and profitable manner.

Our extensive and very diverse hopper of over 5,700 developable acres 
is controlled and managed through a network of seven teams across 
the	UK,	comprising	highly	skilled	and	experienced	professionals.	This	
enables us to adopt a detailed and hands-on approach to all aspects of 
our schemes, enabling us to deliver sector-leading results. Our long-
standing emphasis on value creation enables us to deliver more than 
market valuation movements for our portfolio, as we marshal assets from 
our hopper through the planning process to higher value uses.

There are three main areas of focus for our business, each supported by 
our proven business strategy:

1. Income producing investments – representing 50% by value of our 
portfolio. Our recurring income, generated from an extensive and 
diversified rent roll, enables us to continue to operate profitably, 
meeting the running and financing costs of the business.

2. Residential land – 38% by value of our portfolio.	We	acquire	and	

develop land with the potential for residential development. Our asset 
management skills enable us to add value throughout the development 
process, realising value through land sales or by development either 
in joint ventures or solely through our in-house development teams. 
Our skills in driving our landholdings through the planning process, 
brownfield land remediation and other aspects of regeneration and 
development make us an attractive partner to landowners, local 
authorities and central government agencies.

3. Commercial land – 12% by value of our portfolio. Our ability to 

marshal land through the planning process and offer ‘oven ready’ sites 
for development means that we are able to meet occupiers’ demands 
swiftly and take advantage of a growing demand for pre-let and design 
and build opportunities arising from a decreasing supply of stock 
across	the	UK.

Our Market
We	have	witnessed	some	improvement	in	market	conditions	over	the	last	
12 months. Our broad range and our regional spread of development and 
regeneration activities has enabled us to continue to secure business 
across a wide variety of sectors, achieving property sales, including our 
share of JVs, of £125m.

Our levels of development activity are still lower than we are used to 
historically but we do compare well to the rest of the marketplace, with a 
good programme of activity in place for 2011 and beyond.

As we forecast last year, our valuations at 30th November 2010 were 
reflective of more stable market conditions after a long period of 
uncertainty, with an average positive yield shift of 0.5%. The value of 
our commercial land has stabilised, while the valuation of our residential 
land has encouragingly recovered a small element of the values 
previously	written	off.	We	believe	this	may	reflect	the	start	of	a	recovery	
in the market for residential land, as evidenced by the transactions we 
have completed during the year and since the year-end.

Competitive and Regulatory Environment
The lack of readily available finance and the continuing drive to de-gear 
and de-risk their businesses has restricted many developers’ appetite and 
ability to compete for new development schemes. Speculative development 
remains almost non-existent and there are still very few developers who are 
both willing to bid for, and able to finance, new schemes.

By contrast, in this new competitive landscape, we are operating in 
our chosen regional and secondary markets from a position of strength. 
We	are	identifying	an	increasing	stream	of	opportunities,	both	for	
acquisitions and for developments which offer clear potential to create 
and enhance value for our shareholders. As a result, we are able to report 
on yet another very successful year for our hopper, which at over 5,700 
acres, once again stands at record levels.

Despite some of the gloomier forecasts to the contrary, we have also 
continued to benefit from the relative resilience of our occupier markets, 
underpinned by our own focus on specific active asset management 
initiatives.

This year we have been highly successful in both reducing void levels 
and increasing the rent roll. Our secondary retail centres in particular 
are continuing to perform strongly, with high occupancy and robust 
rental	levels.	We	are	also	seeing	an	increased	level	of	enquiries	for	new	
development space, with a number of sizeable opportunities now coming 
to fruition; for example we are in advanced discussions with Siemens in 
Lincoln to develop a new 127,000 sq. ft. manufacturing facility.

On face value, the regulatory environment remains cumbersome and 
complex. However, we remain optimistic that the latest planning process 
reforms will not have an adverse impact while local authorities seek to 
make sense of their new-found powers and responsibilities including the 
proposed abolition of regional spatial strategies, the replacement of Regional 
Development Agencies with Local Enterprise Partnerships and the merger of 
the Housing and Communities Agency with English Partnerships.

One of the Company’s key skills is being able to work our schemes 
through the planning system in a responsive and time-efficient manner. 
For this reason, the more restrictive a system becomes, the more our 
skills are needed, and potentially, the greater the value that is created 
by our marshalling activities. Furthermore, sites with a secured planning 
consent (of which we have many, including 20,724 residential plots with 
a recognised planning status) should command an increasing premium 
while the system adjusts to operate in the more efficient way intended.

Outlook
Looking ahead, we are confident that St. Modwen’s long-established 
strategy will once again give us the opportunity to provide sector-leading 
returns to shareholders.

We	continue	to	adopt	a	cautious,	but	opportunistic,	stance	to	changing	
conditions. The expertise and knowledge that we have built up over many 
years	in	diverse	markets	across	the	UK	will	ensure	that	we	are	strongly	
placed to continue to identify and secure opportunities in the markets 
that are most active and offer the best potential to create value.

We	have	a	strong	balance	sheet	and	a	landbank	that	is	full	of	latent	
value. Our development pipeline for 2011 and beyond is strengthening 
and a number of significant schemes are being marshalled for delivery in 
future years.

Our asset management capability is proving invaluable in maintaining 
occupancy and rent levels, and we are confident that we will be 
able to continue with the positive progress in this area that we have 
demonstrated in the past two years.

As a result, we believe that we are well positioned to deliver profit and 
net asset value growth in 2011, despite the ongoing uncertain market 
conditions.

Bill oliver
Chief Executive
4th February 2011

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

12     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Business review  operating and Financial review

OPERATINg REVIEW
Business Model and Strategy
Our established business strategy is to add maximum value to the land 
and property assets we own through remediation, marshalling, asset 
management and development and subsequently to recycle the capital 
released on sale into the acquisition of new opportunities.

We	operate	predominantly	in	locations	where	we	are	able	to	offer	
value for money to occupiers and undertake substantial planning or 
remediation activities to transform asset values. It is in these locations, 
via our regeneration activities, where we can make a positive and lasting 
difference by providing the right physical and economic infrastructure for 
businesses and communities to evolve and develop. Regardless of recent 
generic market commentary, we continue to experience improving market 
conditions for the type of secondary properties in our portfolio which are 
proving remarkably robust in terms of rental and occupation levels.

Obtaining control of opportunities through self-financing transactions 
has always been part of our hopper strategy. This year, our total 
expenditure on new acquisitions was only £31m which added 375 acres 
of developable land to our portfolio, of which 318 acres were via options 
and development agreements. As a result, our hopper now stands at the 
record level of 5,736 developable acres. This landholding is very broadly 
based, comprising over 180 separate schemes, across all sectors of the 
property market.

During the past year, we have not undertaken any speculative 
development, but have continued to advance sites for development on 
the back of pre-let or pre-sold opportunities.

Our strategy of constantly seeking to add value to the properties we 
own (whether through asset management, remediation or driving them 
through the planning process) has also continued to deliver tangible 
progress. During the year, we achieved a number of important planning 
consents and advanced the status of several of our key schemes, 
generating added value gains of £18m (2009: £27m).

We	have	also	continued	to	dispose	of	mature	assets	and	those	developed	
specifically	for	sale.	We	have	completed	over	50	disposals	in	the	year	
realising £125m which includes our share of JVs and £22m of disposal 
profits, enabling us to reinvest in new long-term opportunities.

Employees
St. Modwen’s business model is based on a hands-on approach in all 
areas: asset management; marshalling; remediation; construction and 
development. As a result, the skill of our people is fundamental to our 
success. Therefore, as we emerge from financially-constrained times, 
we will continue to retain and incentivise and to grow the abilities of 
the talented people who will be the drivers of the Company’s future 
expansion.

Hopper analysis (acres)

Developable

Retail and leisure 

Employment 

Residential 

Unspecified 

2010 

2009

368 

2,927 

1,550 

891 

5,736 

433

2,735

1,564

872

5,604

 The 300,000  
sq. ft. waste treatment and 
recycling facility for New 
Earth Solutions at Access 
18, Avonmouth.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

13

Case Study
Income Producing — 
ETP Portfolio 

We have purchased an eleven-site portfolio of industrial estates 

for £21.4m from Citi Property Investors. With a rental income of 

£2.2m, this represents a net initial yield of 10.3%.

The portfolio comprises 610,000 sq. ft. of multi-let industrial 

assets located throughout the Midlands and North of England, 

including Birmingham, Sheffield and Stoke-on-Trent.  It includes 

75 occupational leases, let to 60 tenants, with a void level of 3%.

In line with our business strategy, it is our intention to retain these 

sites for income until we maximise their value. Income raised from 

their disposal will be invested into other development projects, 

land acquisition or the purchase of other income producing assets. 

Financial Objectives
St. Modwen’s financial objectives over the past year have been to 
deliver positive NAV growth and resume dividend payments; to grow the 
recurring income; to optimise the Company’s cashflow and financing 
position; and to be in the best possible shape to capture new acquisition 
or development opportunities.

With	the	stabilisation	of	property	valuations,	we	are	pleased	to	have	
returned to profitability, reporting a profit before tax of £37.5m (2009: 
£119.4m loss). Our NAV per share has grown 9% to 218p per share and 
the EPRA equivalent 7% to 234p (2009: 219p). Our recurring gross rent 
roll has grown to £45.7m (2009: £43.0m) with voids reduced to 12% 
(2009: 17%).

This, and our confidence in the robustness of our net asset value and 
our prospects for the coming year, enabled us to resume the payment of 
dividends during the year. An interim dividend of 1p per share was paid 
in September, and the Board is recommending a final dividend of 2p.

In the current more cautious market, our business model is - perhaps 
counter-intuitively - particularly appropriate. Our prudent approach to 
financing, excellent relationships with our key banks and strengthened 
balance sheet following the Placing and Placing and Open Offer in 2009 
has given us a stable financial footing and ensured we have significant 
capacity for growth as market conditions improve.

The Company is trading within all its banking covenants and our forward 
projections show a continuation of that position.

A further key objective for the year was to renew and extend the maturity 
of our banking facilities to ensure that sufficient funding remained in 
place	for	the	Company’s	medium-term	requirements.	We	have	realised	
this aim and renewal dates for the majority of our existing facilities have 
been extended to 2014/15 with no changes to the existing terms and 
conditions. The earliest significant maturity date is now September 2012 
and the weighted average maturity of the Group’s facilities at the date of 
this report is now 3.7 years (November 2009: 3.0 years).

Income Producing Investments
Hands-on asset management is a very significant part of our business 
model. Our regional teams have been very active during the period, 
working closely with tenants to mitigate the impact on our rent roll of the 
current difficult market conditions. The effect of asset disposals, tenant 
failures and vacations was more than offset by our successes in letting 
void space and newly-completed developments giving us an overall 
increase in net rental income.

The benefit of this pragmatic and hands-on approach is shown by 
the fact that our like-for-like gross rent roll has increased by £1.9m 
to £45.7m since 30th November 2009. This reflects our success in 
achieving £7.8m of new lettings to offset rent lost of £5.7m due to 
vacations and £0.2m due to tenant failures in the period. This activity 
has enabled us to reduce our overall portfolio void to 11.8% and reduce 
the level of unsold stock to £66.3m.

Rental income by sector

Industrial 55%
(2009: 52%)

Offices 10%
(2009: 9%)

Retail 35%
(2009: 39%)

While	we	may	see	continued	pressure	on	our	net	rents	in	2011,	as	
the macro-economic conditions continue to give rise to increased 
unemployment and a reduction in consumer spending, our rents are 
at	the	affordable	end	of	the	scale.	We	believe	this	will	provide	some	
insulation from the effect of further tenant failures.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

14     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Business review  operating and Financial review continued

Case Study
Residential Land — 
Persimmon JV 
1.4m sq. ft. Innovation 
Centre

Income producing investments — key highlights during the year:
•	 During the year we acquired the ETP portfolio, an eleven-site portfolio of 

industrial estates (see page 13 for case study).

•	 Testament to the fact that well located and well managed secondary 
retail property can prove to be a reliable investment is the Elephant 
and Castle Shopping Centre in London. The Centre now comprises 82 
tenants and occupancy has increased from 93% to 98% during 2010.  
As a result of 15 new lettings and lease renewals, the net rent receivable 
has increased by 3.2% during the year to £3.8m per annum.

Outlook
We	continue	to	seek	opportunities	to	add	to	our	income	producing	
portfolio. Our regional presence, flexible funding and appetite for assets 
that generate income but have the potential for future development is 
enabling us to move quickly which provides us with an advantage in the 
current	marketplace.	We	anticipate	acquiring	further	income	producing	
assets at attractive yields, and believe that our active asset management 
will continue to add value.

Residential Land
The gradual recovery of the residential market, and the consequent 
erosion of housebuilders’ landbanks and housing stock levels has seen a 
re-emergence of demand for residential land, particularly for our type of 
‘oven-ready’ consented sites that can be brought quickly into production.

This is demonstrated by our disposal of 40 acres during the year and the 
signing of the strategic joint venture with Persimmon to develop an initial 
seven sites.  This JV will unlock considerable value and cash from our 
residential land bank as well as delivering development profit from house 
sales.

As an example of our acquisition activity in the year, we have concluded 
an agreement with Branston Properties Ltd to acquire, subject to 
planning,	a	280	acre	site	near	Burton-upon-Trent.	We	anticipate	the	site	
being brought forward for a mixed use development of 500 new homes 
and 650,000 sq. ft. of employment space.

Marshalling
The planning position on our residential land bank is now:

In August 2010, we entered into a joint venture with Persimmon 

PLC initially to develop 2,000 homes on seven of our sites across 

Planning status

Allocated in local plan 
or similar 
Resolution to grant 
permission 
Outline permission granted 
Detailed permission granted 
Sub-total 
No planning recognition 
TOTAL 

Nov 10 

Nov 09

Acres 

Units 

Acres 

Units

309 

6,550 

231 

6,134

39 
794 
68 
1,210 
340 
1,550 

806 
12,239 
1,129 
20,724 
4,081 
24,805 

323 
517 
32 
1,103 
440 
1,543 

5,230
7,887
833
20,084
4,956
25,040

the country: 

— goodyear, Wolverhampton 

— glan Llyn, Newport, South Wales (pictured) 

— Pallion New Road, Sunderland 

— Whessoe Road, Darlington 

— Longbridge East, Birmingham 

— Long Marston, Warwickshire 

— Coed Darcy, Neath, South Wales

It is expected that the development across 120 acres of land will 

take up to five years to complete and will have an end value of 

over £300m. Further schemes may be added to the joint venture as 

planning permission is obtained by St. Modwen.  

We are already making good progress with the joint venture 

and have recently submitted detailed planning applications at 

the former goodyear site in Wolverhampton and at glan Llyn in 

Newport, South Wales. We will shortly submit applications at 

Darlington, Sunderland and Longbridge East.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

15

 Planning progress — key highlights during the year:
•	 Two	sites	at	Longbridge	and	Weston-Super-Mare	have	received	detailed	

planning consent for residential development totalling 215 new 
homes.	With	the	benefit	of	HCA	funding,	demonstrating	our	ability	
to actively manage development without major use of our own funds, 
these sites are being developed directly by the Company under its 
house-building brand, St. Modwen Homes. 

•	 South Ockendon, Essex — we received outline planning permission for 
650 homes on a 31 acre former car factory which we acquired from 
Ford in 2006. This scheme will form a key part of the delivery of new 
housing in the Thames Gateway region.

In addition, the following major planning applications are being 
progressed in 2011:

•	 Mill Hill — as part of a consortium with neighbouring landowners, 
we have submitted plans for a comprehensive development of our 
83 acre former MoD site comprising 2,174 new homes, 11,800 sq. ft. 
of new retail, 37,000 sq. ft. of commercial space, a GP surgery, an 
energy centre and two primary schools.

•	 Uxbridge	—	plans	for	the	extensive	development	of	this	108	acre	

former MoD site includes 1,373 new homes, 31,000 sq. ft. of new 
retail and 145,000 sq. ft. of new office space, together with a 77 bed 
retirement home, a 1,200 seat theatre, a 6,300 sq. ft. community /
museum use, an energy centre, a GP surgery, a 90 bed hotel and three 
primary schools, for which outline planning was granted in January 
2011.

Delivery and disposal — key examples:
•	 One of the key transactions during the year was the signing of a joint 
venture agreement with Persimmon PLC to develop 2,000 homes on 
seven of our sites. The structure of the JV accelerates the realisation of 
value from our hopper, and also enables us to share in the future value 
of	the	houses	built.	We	anticipate	that	the	transaction	will	be	cash	
positive for us in 2011, and will remain so throughout the duration of 
the JV (see page 14 for case study).

•	 We	have	sold	29	acres	of	residential	land	for	a	total	consideration	of	
£40.5m at values equal to, or ahead of book value: 20 acres at the 
former MoD site at Bentley Priory, Stanmore to Barratt Developments; 
four acres at Haywards Heath to Crest Nicholson and five acres at 
Newton	le	Willows	to	Jones	Homes.

Outlook
Our ability to be flexible and innovative gives us confidence that we will 
continue to unlock the value from our substantial and diverse landbank. 
Our developments in progress should generate increases in NAV over the 
coming years while our landbank should prove a valuable long-term asset 
as the housing market recovery accelerates.

Commercial Land Development
In line with the rest of the market, we are not currently undertaking any 
speculative development. However, our regional structure enables us to 
continue to drive our land holdings through the planning process and 
offer occupiers ‘oven ready’ sites for development means that we are well 
placed to take advantage of the resulting and growing demand for pre-let 
and design and build opportunities.

Our brownfield remediation expertise makes us an attractive proposition 
to landowners who trust us implicitly to remove the risk from their sites.

 The first phase of 
housing at Coed Darcy, 
South	Wales	where	
planning is shortly to be 
submitted for a further 
300 houses as part of our 
Persimmon JV.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

16     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Business review  operating and Financial review continued

Acquisitions — key examples during the year:
•	 Hednesford — a vehicle component factory from ATP Industries Group, in 
a deal which unlocks the development potential of the £50m Hednesford 
Gateway scheme in Cannock Chase, Staffordshire (see page 19 for case 
study). 

•	 The 300,000 sq. ft. waste treatment and recycling facility at Avonmouth 

for New Earth Solutions is on target for completion in Spring 2011.

•	 Works	have	also	commenced	on	the	construction	of	the	pre-sold	48,000	

sq.	ft.	office	complex	for	Manchester	City	Council	in	Wythenshawe.

•	 Crawley - an option to acquire, subject to planning, a 100 acre site at 

Copthorn adjacent to the M23 near Crawley and Gatwick for employment-
led development.

Planning progress — key highlights:
•	 Exeter — outline planning consent has been obtained for our £120m 

Skypark development near Exeter Airport, together with detailed 
consent for the first phase. Funded by the Low Carbon Infrastructure 
Fund of HCA, the innovative first phase is set to comprise a £20m 
Energy	Centre	—	the	first	of	its	kind	on	this	scale	in	the	UK	-	which	
will be run by E.ON, and which will provide sustainable energy for the 
entire scheme and the neighbouring community of Cranbrook.

•	 Longbridge Town Centre — Proposals have been submitted for the 

£70m next phase of the town centre which include 80,000 sq. ft. of 
retail space, a major 85,000 sq. ft. foodstore, an hotel and 40 two-
bedroom apartments, together with community space access roads and 
continued local road improvements to join the town centre with the 
newly-built £66m Bournville College.

Delivery and disposal — key examples:
Some of the principal disposals, which were all made at or above book 
value, in the period were:

•	 Catford Shopping Centre and parade of shops - sold to Lewisham 

Borough Council for £11.5m. 

•	 The	Malls,	Basingstoke	—	our	joint	venture,	KPI,	sold	its	65%	share	in	
this 300,000 sq. ft. shopping centre to Basingstoke & Deane Borough 
Council (who owned the remaining 35%) for £15.3m. 

Key	employment	schemes	include:

We	have	also	made	significant	progress	on	a	number	of	important	town	
centre, retail and public sector schemes:

•	 Wembley	—	Our	Wembley	Central	scheme	will	provide	135,000	sq.	ft.	
of retail and leisure space, together with 117 private apartments and 
85 affordable homes already completed on site. During 2010, 23,000 
sq. ft. of office space in Ramsey House was refurbished; the fitting out 
of the first phase of 117 apartments was completed, of which 50 have 
been sold or let; Co-Op have completed a lease on 10,000 sq. ft. and 
will commence trading in March 2011; and terms have been agreed 
with Travelodge for a new 86 bed hotel.

•	 We	have	completed	the	72,000	sq.	ft.	retail	scheme	at	Connah’s	Quay,	
Flintshire including a new 52,000 sq. ft. Morrisons food store which 
commenced trading in November 2010. Over 300 new jobs have been 
created at the Ffordd Llanarth site, which has attracted lettings from a 
wide range of national retailers including Greggs, Bargain Booze, Just 
Go Travel, and Home Bargains.

•	 We	completed	and	handed	over	the	150,000	sq.	ft.	Warwickshire	
College at our Rugby site in time for the first intake of students in 
September	2010.	Work	is	also	progressing	on	schedule	and	budget	
towards completion of the flagship six storey 250,000 sq. ft. £66m 
Bournville College at Longbridge to be opened to over 10,000 students 
in September 2012.

Outlook
Our	developments	in	progress	should	continue	to	generate	value.	While	we	
do not foresee returning to speculative development in the near future, our 
regional presence is enabling us to find development opportunities that 
can	be	satisfied	by	our	existing	landbank.	We	are	currently	in	negotiations	
to secure a number of opportunities that should enable us to continue to 
create value and generate good profits over the next few years.

 The completed 
52,000 sq. ft. Morrison’s 
foodstore	at	Connah’s	Quay,	
Flintshire. This is part of 
our	Quay	Shopping	Centre	
development.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

17

FINANCIAL REVIEW
Income statement
Our business model is based on core rental and other income covering 
the running costs of the Company (property outgoings, overheads and 
interest), which provides a stable base from which the Group can 
maximise its development activities.

Trading profit (£m) 

Net rental income 
Property profits 
Other income 
Administrative expenses  
Bank interest 

Trading Profit 

(see Note 2 of the financial statements)

2010 

33.7 
21.9 
3.1 
(17.1) 
(24.2) 

17.4 

2009

33.5
7.6
1.8
(14.1)
(20.4)

8.4

Net rental income
During the course of the year we have focused on our asset management 
activity in order to safeguard our future rental returns.

At 30th November 2010 the like-for-like gross rent roll, including 
our share of rent from joint ventures, had increased from £43.0m to 
£45.7m. At the year-end our overall voids had been reduced considerably 
to 12% (2009: 17%). Furthermore we have increased our weighted 
average lease length to 5.1 years (2009: 4.3 years).

Property profits
Property profits, including our share of joint ventures, were £21.9m 
(2009: £7.6m), with significant contributions from our remediation 
contracts with BP at Coed Darcy and Baglan Bay, a number of pre-let and 
pre-sold developments (including for Manchester City Council, New Earth 
Solutions, Morrisons and Bournville and Rugby Colleges), as well as the 
disposal of residential land.

Property valuations
All of our investment properties (including land) are valued every six 
months	by	King	Sturge	LLP	at	market	value,	and	our	work	in	progress	
is also independently assessed, where appropriate, for any impairment 
issues.

Property portfolio (£m)

Residential land 
Commercial land 
Income producing
  Retail 
  Offices 

Industrial 

Total 

2010 

400 
130 

194 
60 
271 

2009

339
155

197
63
253

1,055 

1,007

•	

including the Group’s share of joint ventures and associates (excluding minimum lease 
payments).

•	 valuation numbers include investment properties and legally owned properties held in 

inventory (except for those inventory properties already contracted for transfer under the 
Project MoDEL agreements).

The valuation of our investment properties reflects both market 
movements and the value added by our own activities, including the 
achievement of marshalling milestones in the planning process. The 
calculation of this added value reflects the present value of future cash 
flows, based on existing land prices and the current best estimate of 
costs to be incurred.

2010 was another year of uncertainty in the real estate investment 
market, but one in which values recovered some of the losses of the 
previous two years. Our valuations at 30th November 2010 reflect a 
stabilised secondary property market, with our investment property 
valuations having increased overall by £29m (3%) during the year.

In the first half of the year, we saw the gradual return of some real 
estate investor appetite and an increasing level of housebuilding 
activity, resulting in an overall uplift of £24m. In the second half, 
these trends had stabilised and both investment yields and underlying 
land values were more stable with a movement of £5m. Throughout 
the year, we produced significant gains through our marshalling and 
asset management efforts which added value to the underlying market 
movements, the beneficial impact of this can be seen in the table below:

investment property valuation movements (£m)*

Market value movement 
Marshalling and asset 
management 

Total 

H1 
9 

15 

24 

2010 
H2 
2 

3 

5 

Total 
11 

18 

29 

2009
Total
(134)

27

(107)

*including the Group’s share of joint ventures and associates

The valuation of our residential land portfolio was thoroughly market-
tested during the year by the sale of land and the formation of the joint 
venture with Persimmon over a further seven sites: in all cases, our 
carrying values were proven by these market transactions. Furthermore, 
our ability via this Persimmon JV to participate in the future 
housebuilding profits implies that there is a further stream of value to 
come from this portfolio which has not yet been fully recognised.

Of the overall investment property valuation movements of £29m, our 
valuers consider that over 60%, or £18m, is due to value added by 
our own management of the assets. This is an achievement consistent 
with our expectations and one that gives us confidence in our future 
valuations.

Administrative expenses
We	continue	to	maintain	close	control	over	underlying	costs.		Underlying	
recurring	costs	have	remained	stable.	We	have,	however,	incurred	£2.2m	
of restructuring costs in the year as we rationalised our properties and 
reorganised our internal legal structure in line with approved tax planning 
activities. Due to the successful outcome to the year we have also re-
introduced the staff bonus scheme.

As a consequence of the factors above, administrative expenses 
(including our share of joint ventures) have moved during the year to 
£17.1m (2009: £14.1m).

Joint ventures and associates
Our share of the post tax results of joint ventures and associates is 
shown on the income statement as one net figure. A full analysis of the 
underlying details is disclosed in Note 10. The principal joint venture 
in	which	the	Group	is	involved	is	Key	Property	Investments	Limited,	
which recorded a profit of £16.6m of which our share was £8.3m 
(2009: £22.1m loss).

Finance costs and income
Net finance charges (including our share of joint ventures) have reduced 
to £26.4m (2009: £26.7m). The level of charges was due to the 
following principal factors: lower borrowing levels; reduced mark-to-
market costs; partly offset by increased borrowing costs.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Business review  operating and Financial review continued

As a result of low and stable interest rates and the renegotiating of some 
of our hedging contracts (at zero cost) with our banks, the revaluation 
of our interest rate swap contracts (which have a weighted average cost 
before margin of 4.6%) to market value at year-end resulted in a net 
credit to the Income Statement of £0.1m (2009: charge £5.9m).

The impact of the renegotiation of our banking covenants mid way 
through 2009 was to increase the weighted average margin on our 
facilities by 113 basis points to 199 basis points.

Net finance charges also include a charge of £1.6m (2009: £0.2m) for 
the amortisation of the discounted deferred consideration payable to the 
MoD in respect of Project MoDEL.

operational cashflow (£m)

Net rent 
Property disposals 
Property acquisitions 
Capital expenditure 
Working	capital	and	other	movements	
Overheads, interest and tax 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) 

(see Note 2 of the financial statements)

2010 

26.4 
92.9 
(30.5) 
(80.1) 
33.9 
(36.5) 

6.1 

2009

26.1
100.9
(12.9)
(79.7)
(6.3)
(27.0)

1.1

During 2010, the Group continued to expense all interest as it has 
arisen, and has not capitalised any interest on its developments or its 
investments.

Profit before tax
With	the	stabilisation	of	property	valuations,	we	are	pleased	to	have	
returned to profitability, reporting a profit before tax of £37.5m  
(2009: £119.4m loss).

Taxation and profits after tax
The effective tax credit for the year, including our share of joint ventures, 
is £0.8m (2009: £17.7m).

This	rate	is	substantially	lower	than	the	standard	rate	of	UK	Corporation	
Tax due to the utilisation of previous years’ tax losses and allowances.

It is anticipated that, with the continued utilisation of these losses and 
of other tax allowances, and the benefit in future years of approved tax 
planning activities, the effective rate of tax on future profits will be lower 
than	the	standard	rate	of	UK	Corporation	Tax.

We	now	have	total	Group	facilities	of	£539m	(2009:	£519m).	Year-end	net	
debt is £315m (2009: £319m), giving us gearing of 72% (2009: 80%) 
and headroom of over £200m to meet future commitments. Including joint 
ventures, total banking facilities are £784m (2009: £764m), net debt is 
£504m (2009: £527m) and gearing is 94% (2009: 106%).

The maturity of both hedges and facilities is aligned with individual 
schemes where applicable. Following the repayment of £101.6m of 
borrowings after the equity issue during 2009, the amount of our debt at 
fixed rates rose to 99% and is currently 98%. This will gradually reduce 
during	2011	as	a	number	of	the	hedging	contracts	mature.	We	are	
keeping our hedging positions under review.

Covenants
We	are	operating	well	within	the	covenants	that	apply	to	our	banking	
facilities. These are:

•	 net assets must be greater than £250m (actual £437m);

•	 gearing must not exceed 175% (actual 72%); and

Benefit from tax planning activities is only recognised when the outcome 
is reasonably certain.

•	 interest cover ratio (which excludes non-cash items, such as 

revaluation movements) must be greater than 1.25x (actual 1.8x).

Taking into account these tax rates, profit after tax has risen to £38.3m 
(2009: loss of £101.7m).

Financial Structure
Financing
Following the refinancing of the business in 2009, we continue 
to operate well within our banking covenants and have substantial 
headroom within our existing facilities to cover all of our current and 
proposed development and acquisition programmes.

We	have	also	taken	a	number	of	steps	during	the	year	to	renew	and	
extend our banking facilities. During the financial year we renewed 
facilities with Barclays, Royal Bank of Scotland and Bank of Ireland.  
Following the year-end, but before the date of this report, we have 
also renewed facilities with HSBC and put in place a new facility with 
Santander, further increasing the weighted average expiry to 3.7 years at 
the date of this report (November 2009: 3.0 years). This has been done 
with no material impact on borrowing costs.

The Company’s cash flow was again an area of significant focus during 
the year as we realised £93m from our ongoing programme of asset 
disposals. This, together with our recurring net rental income and 
close management of our working capital, enabled us to meet our 
administrative expenses, interest, and a £111m development and capital 
expenditure programme, whilst delivering a net reduction in borrowings 
from trading cash flows.

The following table shows an additional analysis of the operational cash 
flow of the business.

Although current economic conditions still have an element of 
uncertainty, we have considered available market information, consulted 
with our advisers and applied our own knowledge and experience to the 
Group’s property portfolio. As a result of this, we believe covenant levels 
are more than adequate for our worst-case scenarios.

Financial statistics and key performance indicators
2010 

Net Borrowings 
Gearing 
Gearing, incl share of JV debt 
Average debt maturity 
Interest cover 

£315m 
72% 
94% 
3.7 years 
1.8x 

2009

£319m
80%
106%
3.0 years
1.7x

Balance Sheet
Net assets
At the year end, net asset value per share was 218p, an increase of 18p 
(9%). In common with other property companies, we also use the diluted 
EPRA NAV measure of net assets which analysts also use in comparing 
the relative performance of such companies. The adjustments required 
to arrive at our adjusted net assets measure are shown in the following 
table. 

EPRA adjusted net assets per share were 234p at 30th November 2010, 
an increase of 15p (7%) in the year.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

19

Net assets (£m)

Net assets, beginning of year 
Issue of new shares 
Profit/(loss) after tax 
Dividends paid 
Other 

Net assets, end of year 

Deferred tax on capital allowances 
and revaluations
Mark-to-market of interest rate swaps 
Fair value of inventories 
Diluted EPRA NAV — total 

— per share 

2010 

401.0 
— 
38.3 
(2.0) 
(0.5) 

436.8 

9.4 

16.7 
5.3 
468.2 
234p 

2009

402.2
101.6
(101.7)
—
(1.1)

401.0

18.0

19.3

438.3
219p

Investment properties
The total value of investment properties under our control, including 
100% of joint ventures, increased by £66m during the year to £1,101m 
(2009: £1,035m).

The independent valuations during the year-ended 30th November 2010 
resulted in net revaluation gains, including our share of joint ventures, 
of 3% (£29m), compared with the previous year-end. Our properties are 
currently valued at the following weighted average yields:

Weighted average yields 

Equivalent 

Net initial

Retail 
Office 
Industrial 

Total 

2010 

8.6% 
9.0% 
9.2% 

9.0% 

2009 

9.9% 
8.7% 
9.4% 

9.5% 

2010 

7.4% 
7.1% 
7.4% 

7.4% 

2009

8.4%
5.7%
8.4%

8.0%

Inventories
Inventories have reduced in the year from £193m to £173m, reflecting 
the completion of the development programme started in previous years 
(including £88m relating to Project MoDEL) and the effect of disposals 
or transfers into investment properties of completed schemes. Assets 
held in inventories principally comprise development projects that are on 
site and under construction and have not been pre-sold, and other assets 
that are held for resale at the period end.

Assets held in inventories are not included in the annual valuation, 
but are assessed for impairment and net realisable value issues using 
independent external advice where appropriate. As a result, we have 
written down certain of our assets for resale and work in progress balances 
to reflect their net realisable value in current market conditions. The total 
provided in the year amounted to £6.1m in the Group and £0.3m in joint 
ventures.

Pension scheme
Our defined benefit pension scheme continues to be fully funded on 
an IAS19 basis. The next triennial valuation is due in 2011 but as the 
scheme is closed to new entrants and closed to future accrual we do not 
anticipate any significant increase in scheme contributions.

Financial Outlook
Our business is in a robust financial position. Active management of our 
portfolio is enabling us to generate profits, our valuations are prudent 
and	our	financial	structure	is	solid.	We	are	continuing	to	recycle	our	
portfolio and generate cash and this, together with the headroom in our 
financial structure, enables us to continue to invest in opportunities that 
offer the potential to create and enhance shareholder value.

Given the opportunities in the current markets this gives us a sound 
platform for future growth.

Case Study
Commercial Land  — 
Hednesford, Cannock

In 2004 we were selected as preferred developer by Cannock 

Chase District Council to redevelop two Town Centre sites in 

Hednesford, totalling 13 acres. 

The £50m retail-led scheme, known as Hednesford gateway, is set 

to be one of the most significant projects in the town’s history and 

comprises two phases known as Rugeley Road and Victoria Street. 

Rugeley Road — an 8.8 acre site will be anchored by an 80,000 

sq. ft. foodstore, with associated car parking alongside 38,000 sq. 

ft. of non-food retail units and community facilities. 

Victoria Street — a 4.6 acre site will be anchored by a 16,900 
sq. ft. discount foodstore, with 7,500 sq. ft. of retail units and 

an additional 5,650 sq. ft. of additional retail space within the 

town centre. The town’s existing Bingo Club and Drill Hall will be 

relocated to this site.

Progress to date includes securing planning permission for 

Rugeley Road and we have already started to unlock the 

development potential of this part of the site, having purchased 

a factory from ATP Industries group which will be demolished in 

2011. Construction works to the new 80,000 sq. ft. foodstore are 

due to start in 2011.

Regarding Victoria Street, planning permission has already been 

secured and we have commenced ground investigation works.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
 
 
 
20     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

www.stmodwen.co.uk 
Corporate Governance

21

Corporate Social Responsibility 
Board Members and Senior Management 
Corporate Governance Report 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 

22
28
31
38

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

22     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Corporate Governance  Corporate Social responsibility

INTRODUCTION
Regeneration goes beyond bricks and mortar; it is about breathing new 
life into areas that need it the most and bringing about positive and 
genuine changes to communities, the environment and the economy 
alike. Therefore, we take Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) very 
seriously and ensure it forms an integral part of what we do. 

Our CSR activities are grouped into three specific areas:

Waste management
Our principal aim when dealing with waste is to reduce our reliance on 
landfill sites and ensure that we introduce effective waste management 
systems across all sites built directly by us. For those projects delivered 
by contractors and subcontractors on our behalf, we only employ 
companies who comply with our strict criteria for dealing with waste 
management. 

WarWiCKSHire CoLLeGe

— Sustainability and the Environment

—  Community and Economy

—  Charities and Awards

SUSTAINABILITY AND THE ENVIRONMENT 
Environmental initiatives
We	are	always	looking	at	ways	in	which	we	can	support	or	instigate	
local initiatives that bring benefit to our sites and the surrounding 
environment.	Where	possible,	we	seek	to	involve	the	local	community	in	
these initiatives which not only helps to build understanding and trust in 
our work but makes development more accessible.

CryMLyN BUrroWS, SoUTH WaLeS

The	development	of	the	new	Warwickshire	College	and	the	access	
road to this 82 acre site is a typical example of our approach to 
waste management. Here, we instigated a rigorous process that led 
to only 4% of the waste produced being sent to landfill. 

To facilitate the process, we appointed one company who would 
control the waste management for the entire site. All contractors 
and subcontractors were instructed to use this company only. 

Waste	was	segregated	into	six	channels;	inert	matter,	wood	waste,	
cardboard/paper, scrap metal, plastic and general waste and a total 
of 10,000 m3 was produced, of which 96% was retained on-site and 
re-used within the site for structural fill.

Sustainable buildings
We	look	for	the	most	environmentally	effective	solutions	for	our	occupiers	
in terms of the whole life cost of a building and take several factors 
into consideration. These range from the use of renewable materials, 
employment of specific design standards and employing a highly skilled 
team of sustainability advisors who ensure that we are always using the 
most technically advanced and efficient sustainability techniques. 

We	welcome	the	introduction	of	the	code	for	sustainable	homes	and	
understand that beyond reducing carbon dioxide emissions, we need 
to deliver buildings in a way that minimises their other environmental 
impacts such as the water they use, the waste they generate and the 
materials they are built from. 

We	also	encourage	innovative	energy	saving	measures	across	all	of	
our sites which have broader positive implications for the surrounding 
communities and regions as a whole. 

At	Crymlyn	Burrows	in	South	Wales,	a	Site	of	Special	Scientific	
Interest, and part of the 2,500 acre former BP Portfolio we acquired 
in 2009, we joined marine biologists, Oakley International, local 
school children and other community volunteers in a search for 
shark,	skate	and	ray	egg	cases	along	this	important	strip	of	Welsh	
coastline. This work is crucial to the Shark Trust, facilitating vital 
research into these elusive breeds of fish. 

As part of the same initiative, a special beach clean-up to remove 
litter from the beach and surrounding areas was carried out. This 
followed publication of a Marine Conservation Society Beachwatch 
Report	claiming	that	rubbish	found	on	73	Welsh	shorelines	was	up	
by 21% on the previous year. 

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

23

So far, the remediation efforts have restricted landfill consumption 
significantly and almost 100% of all material generated during the pre-
development and remediation works has been retained on site for reuse. 

With	another	50	acres	of	site	to	prepare	for	development,	this	
sustainable remediation approach is being continued with the support of 
both	Wolverhampton	City	Council	and	the	Environment	Agency.

Remediation and reclamation 
Remediation, or the preparation of land for development, is perhaps the 
most important part of the regeneration cycle; allowing for disused sites 
to be brought back to life and minimising development on greenfield 
land. 

Almost 100% of our building activity takes place on brownfield sites and 
we adopt a thorough and ruthless approach to remediation which ensures 
that the land is cleaned up extensively before any development occurs. 

Similarly, across our entire portfolio, over 95% of all waste and materials 
either reclaimed on-site or created due to demolition works are retained 
and re-used as part of the development. This approach ensures we avoid 
any unnecessary off-site disposal, reduce our reliance on landfill and 
minimise the need for mining for new materials.

GooDyear SiTe, WoLverHaMPToN 

Our regeneration of the 90 acre former Goodyear site in 
Wolverhampton	into	an	£80m	mixed-use	community	is	a	classic	
example of how we deal with remediation and reclamation on-site:

Prior to commencing any redevelopment works, we carried out 
extensive environmental and geotechnical assessments of the site 
which revealed the historic tyre manufacturing processes had resulted 
in localised contamination to the ground and to the groundwater 
beneath the site. A three acre on-site tip was also uncovered which 
had been used to dispose of industrial waste. 

Upon	discovery	of	these	elements,	we	immediately	developed	
a detailed remediation strategy and validation plan that was 
subsequently	agreed	with	Wolverhampton	City	Council	and	the	
Environment Agency. 

Phase 1 of the remediation works covered an initial 16 acres and 
comprised slab/foundation removal, re-profiling earthworks, treatment 
of hydrocarbon impacted soils and groundwater, processing and 
treatment of asbestos contaminated soils and processing of buried 
industrial waste materials for re-use within the site.   

65,500 sqm of former factory slabs, yard areas and foundations were     Approximately 30,000 tonnes of concrete was generated by 
grubbed up and removed to enable the redevelopment of the  
Phase 1 area to be initiated.  

these works, this material was crushed to 6f1 and 6f2 
specifications for roadway construction and reuse within the  
build platform. 

Relic sub-surface infrastructure comprising structures extending     Approximately 35,000 tonnes of concrete was generated by 
these works; this material was crushed to a 6f2 specification 
to depths in excess of 6m below ground level were excavated  
for reuse within the redevelopment.
and removed.  

Oil contaminated soils resulting from historical site operations were     Approximately 4,000 tonnes of soils treated by bio-remediation 
delineated, excavated and treated on-site under license. 

methods, this material was validated and integrated beneath 
the build platform.

Re-profiling works across Phase 1 of the site comprised  
the excavation, validation, laying and compaction of ‘site won’ soils. 

  Approximately 16,000 tonnes of soils was excavated,   
environmentally and geotechnically classified and reused  
to form the redevelopment profile.

1,259 tonnes of asbestos impacted soils were identified, excavated     760 tonnes of soils were recovered following processing and 
and processed under strict environmental licensed control conditions. 

integrated beneath the redevelopment footprint.

Former site tip contents were segregated, processed and validated     Approximately 25,000 tonnes of material was recovered for 
for reuse within the redevelopment. 

reuse to achieve required formation levels within the  
development.

Oil impacted perched water was removed from excavations and  
relic sub-surface infrastructure. 

  1.2m litres of water was recovered during the works 

and pre-treated prior to discharge to foul sewer.

Environmental monitoring and control measures were implemented     In excess of 500 environmental samples were obtained during 
throughout the works comprising the sampling of air, soils, recycled  
materials and water.

the successful completion of the works. 

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Corporate Governance  Corporate Social responsibility continued

Sustainability targets
We	remain	committed	to	reducing	our	carbon	footprint.	Until	the	Government	has	produced	clear	guidance	on	the	future	of	the	Carbon	Reduction	
Commitment Energy Scheme, we will continue to monitor and measure our Co2 emissions and investigate appropriate mitigation measures right 
across our portfolio. 

To ensure our commitment to sustainability is both real and evidenced, we have in place a series of sustainability targets and continue to demonstrate 
improvement across the board every year. 

Sustainability 

2010 target 

2010 achieved 

Remediated materials re-used or recycled 
Demolition products retained for retention on-site or recycling 
Construction project waste re-used or recycled 
Energy consumption better than required by building regulations* 
Building projects with at least 10% of power from a renewable energy source 
Schemes with water usage reduction technologies 
Schemes with water recycling technology 

91 
91 
60 
n/a 
8% 
100 
30 

96 
95 
75  
n/a** 

17% 
100 
33 

2009

99
94
75
100
33%
100
36

* 

on speculative projects in excess of 50,000 sq. ft. for industrial buildings and 25,000 sq. ft. for offices 

**   no speculative projects have been constructed during 2010

Re-using and preserving buildings 
Recycling buildings reduces the environmental impact of development and 
therefore we only demolish those that no longer add any value to a specific 
site.

In particular, it is our duty to retain any buildings with historical 
significance or that play an important part in a site or area’s heritage. 

Similarly, with our larger sites, we try to use land that is not currently 
under development for other uses such as car parking, car storage and 
hosting any community events. 

BeNTLey Priory

St. Modwen, as part of its VSM Estates joint venture, has sup-
ported the preservation of Bentley Priory, famous for its pivotal role 
as Fighter Command Headquarters during the Battle of Britain in 
World	War	Two.	

VSM Estates was granted detailed planning and listed building 
consent by Harrow Council in 2008 for its sensitive redevelopment. 
The site has now been sold to Barratt Homes, who will build the 
majority of new homes at the site, together with City & Country who 
will develop the new homes and museum within the Priory building. 

As part of this development, St. Modwen agreed that circa £9.5m 
would be made available to create, maintain and run the Battle of 
Britain Museum in the Grade II* listed mansion house. The museum 
will educate future generations about the unique heritage and 
significance of Bentley Priory to the nation and allow its historic 
rooms to be open to the public for the first time in 80 years. The 
museum will also pay respect to the bravery and sacrifice of RAF 
pilots and ground staff who helped turn the tide against Nazi 
Germany	during	World	War	Two.	 

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

25

COMMUNITY AND ECONOMY
Initiatives 
Whether	it	is	supporting	a	crime	awareness	day	at	a	London	shopping	
centre	or	donating	money	to	a	local	nature	reserve	in	Yorkshire,	we	make	
sure that all of the initiatives in which we get involved create real value 
for the community and make development more accessible. 

WarWiCKSHire CoLLeGe, rUGBy

Public realm
We	know	from	experience	that	a	little	extra	attention	to	detail	can	make	
all the difference to a new development. Placing special focus on public 
realm goes a long way in making the communities we build a more 
pleasant	place	to	live,	work	and	relax.	Whether	supporting	a	specially	
commissioned work of art in Manchester, sponsoring a tree planting 
exercise	in	South	Wales	or	sponsoring	a	photography	competition	in	
Edmonton Green, through public realm we seek to instill a special sense 
of pride in the area.

CoNNaH’S QUay, FLiNTSHire

We	recently	completed	the	development	of	a	52,000	sq.	ft.	
Morrison’s	supermarket	at	our	£15m	Quay	Shopping	Centre	scheme	
in	Connah’s	Quay,	Flintshire.	To	celebrate	the	new	face	of	Connah’s	
Quay,	we	donated	£20,000	towards	the	creation	of	a	piece	of	public	
art. 

Local councillors and school children sat on an art panel that 
eventually commissioned a sculpture made of old shopping trolleys. 
Known	as	‘Spirit	of	the	Quay’,	the	sculpture	acknowledges	the	
town’s long association with its steel works whilst also pointing 
towards the development of the new shopping centre.

To	make	way	for	the	new	£30m	Warwickshire	College	at	our	site	
in	Rugby,	we	were	required	to	move	an	existing	War	Memorial	to	
another part of the site. Acutely aware of the sensitive nature of this 
work, we ensured the Ex-Servicemen’s Association was involved in 
this process from the very start. 

To symbolise the relocation of the memorial, it was agreed that on 
Remembrance Day a ceremony would be held and a time capsule, 
created by local school children, would be buried beneath the 
memorial alongside an existing time capsule dating back to just 
after	World	War	One.	In	doing	so,	young	and	old	were	united	in	
celebrating the lives of ex-servicemen on this very important day.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

26     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Corporate Governance  Corporate Social responsibility continued

Social Inclusion and job creation 
Our regeneration projects and development activities breathe new life 
into neglected communities and transform disused brownfield sites into 
green and pleasant places to live and work. This makes us a key driver 
of regional economic growth and means that we play a major role in 
creating	thousands	of	job	opportunities	for	people	across	the	UK.	

CHARITY AND AWARDS 
Across	the	UK,	our	network	of	regional	offices	support	a	broad	range	
of local and national charities and this year we have raised tens of 
thousands of pounds towards many worthy causes. 

Lands end to John o’Groats sponsored cycle ride

HrH The Prince of Wales at Coed Darcy in 2010

We	seek	to	employ	local	contractors	to	carry	out	works	across	
our projects and use sustainable building techniques wherever 
possible to ensure that our sites are at the forefront of sustainable 
development.	For	example,	at	Coed	Darcy	in	South	Wales,	we	
are working closely with The Prince’s Foundation for the Built 
Environment to ensure that local skills and local materials are being 
used when developing the site. In June 2010 HRH The Prince of 
Wales	visited	Coed	Darcy	and	met	with	many	local	tradesmen	who	
were showcasing their skills at a specially organised event. The 
Prince was then taken on a tour of the developed areas of the site to 
see sustainable development in practice.

We	also	seek	to	promote	the	growth	of	new	businesses	through	the	
development of our innovation centres which are designed to encourage 
SMEs, growing businesses and specific sectors, in various areas across 
the	UK.	Each	centre	provides	an	environment	where	these	businesses	
can evolve and develop. They provide flexible leases and a full range of 
ready made business services. 

We	are	rolling	out	a	series	of	these	centres	as	part	of	our	national	
regeneration programme and work closely with Local Authorities in each 
area	to	ensure	that	they	are	in	line	with	local	demand.	We	have	already	
built three — in Cranfield, Longbridge and Blackburn — where over 200 
businesses are now working and flourishing. Further centres are planned 
in	Exeter	and	Weston-super-Mare.

Community consultation
With	the	Localism	Bill	featuring	high	on	the	Government’s	agenda,	
it is our responsibility to ensure that we seek to engage with local 
communities on as many levels as possible so that they have a real 
stake in our developments. Community consultation will therefore grow 
in importance as a means for us to hear the views of local residents, 
businesses and politicians. 

Perhaps the most high profile charity event was a sponsored cycle 
ride from Lands End to John O’Groats. The team, comprising 
Regional Director Mike Herbert, Senior Development Surveyor Mike 
Murray and development surveyors Jonathan Green and Andrew Cox, 
completed the task in just ten days and raised, with the help of St. 
Modwen, over £25,000 for the challenge’s four nominated charities 
— The Donna Louise Children’s Hospice Trust; Breast Cancer 
Campaign;	The	British	Heart	Foundation	and	the	James	Whale	Fund	
for	Kidney	Cancer.	

St. Modwen Environmental Trust
Our other charity work includes the St. Modwen Environmental Trust. 
Now in its fourth year, the Trust continues to provide valuable support to 
community	and	environmental	projects	across	the	UK.	

Affiliated to the Government’s Landfill Tax Credit Scheme and regulated 
by	ENTRUST,	the	Environmental	Trust	seeks	to	support	projects	where	
alternative funding is unlikely to be available, targeting not-for-profit 
organisations such as community groups and charities. 

In	2010	we	have	committed	£200,000	to	15	projects	across	the	UK	and	
an example of these projects is situated in close proximity to our £100m 
Town	Centre	regeneration	project	in	Wythenshawe,	Manchester	where	we	
donated	£10,000	to	the	clean	up	of	Park	Wood.	This	is	a	cause	which	
was also sponsored by Greening Greater Manchester and Manchester 
City	Council’s	Working	Neighbourhood	Fund.	Our	grant	helped	to	pay	for	
the restoration of the pathways which criss-crossed the wood, signage, 
clearing of litter and safety improvements around the wood’s panels. 

The proceeds also included regular litter picking events which attracted 
around 70 local residents each time and the creation of two carved 
wooden sculptures.

Councillor Richard Cowell, Executive Member of the Environment at 
Manchester City Council said: ‘This project is part of the Council’s 
regeneration	work	at	Wythenshawe	and	means	that	an	area	of	natural	
beauty is litter-free and has been preserved so that it can be enjoyed 
long-term by residents and visitors’.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

27

Awards 
Our	track	record	as	the	UK’s	leading	regeneration	specialist,	continues	to	
be recognised by the number of awards we have secured in 2010:

The 2010 Chartered Institute of Architectural Technologists’ National 
Awards – Highly Commended
The £30m Vodafone Contact Centre in Stoke-on-Trent which St. 
Modwen’s North Staffordshire team completed in early 2010 was 
recognised for technical excellence in these national awards. 

Midlands Insider Awards	2010	–	Developer	of	the	Year
Having completed another very active year, the judges felt that this 
prestigious title should be awarded to St. Modwen’s Midlands team. 
Specifically, progress at the £1 billion Longbridge regeneration scheme 
and	the	completion	of	the	£30m	Warwickshire	College	in	Rugby	were	
acknowledged. 

South	West	Insider	Awards	2010	–	Commercial	Developer	of	the	Year
St.	Modwen’s	South	West	team	was	shortlisted	for	this	important	award	
in recognition of its development activities across the region, amongst 
which includes the £150m Access 18 scheme in Avonmouth, the 
£120m regeneration of Skypark in Exeter and the £210m regeneration of 
Firepool in Taunton. 

ISO14001
This international standard was awarded to The Meads Shopping 
Centre in Farnborough and demonstrates St. Modwen’s commitment to 
environmental best practice in recycling, energy, waste and water use. 
The accreditation requires a monthly check on all environmental aspects 
of shopping centre operations and states that all suppliers must source 
goods ethically.

RHS Tatton Park Show 2010 — Silver Award
The ‘Sound Garden’ from The Trentham Estate and Gardens was 
awarded a silver medal at this year’s Tatton Show, organised by the 
Royal Horticultural Society. This interactive, sensory garden, designed by 
Clive Mollart, was one of the few show gardens to receive one of the top 
awards.

The European Garden Heritage Network 2010 — European Award for 
Garden Restoration
In recognition of its transformation into one of the finest gardens in the 
British Isles, The Trentham Estate achieved this prestigious award in the 
category of ‘exceptional achievements in garden culture’. The European 
Garden Heritage Network is led by The Centre for Garden Art and 
Landscape Design in Germany, and is supported by a number of local, 
regional and national organisations.

North West Property awards 2010 — inaugural Strategic alliance award

The Strategic Alliance Award was established in 2010 to recognise 
the importance of partnership working at a time when finance is hard 
to come by. 

The judges presented St. Modwen and its partner Halton Borough 
Council with this award in recognition of over a decade’s worth of 
regeneration	to	Widnes	Town	Centre.	

Organisers of the event referred to the project as a shining example 
of the value of partnership working, delivering employment, leisure 
and laying foundations for further growth. 

The award coincided with our announcement that in 2011, we 
would be commencing the development of Venture Fields; the £10m 
leisure	scheme	on	the	edge	of	Widnes	and	the	final	piece	of	the	
jigsaw for the Town Centre’s regeneration. The scheme is already 

over 95% pre-let. 

In	the	last	ten	years,	Widnes	Regeneration	Ltd	has	completely	
transformed and revitalised the Town Centre, leading to substantial 
new investment in adjoining areas:

  — 40,000 sq. ft. of local shopping;

— 80,000 sq. ft. foodstore;

— 50,000 sq. ft. retail and leisure development;

— 76 social housing units;

— 150 private homes;

— 150,000 sq. ft. of employment space;

— The creation of over 900 jobs.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

28     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Corporate Governance  Board Members

01
04

02
05

03
06

01 aNTHoNy GLoSSoP MA†
NON-ExECUtivE ChAiRMAN

A director since 1976 and Chief Executive from 1982 to 2004. 
Executive Chairman from 2004 to 2008, and non-executive Chairman 
since February 2008. He is also a non-executive director of Robinson 
PLC., and a member of the Regeneration and Development Committee 
of the British Property Federation.

02 BiLL SHaNNoN
NON-ExECUtivE ChAiRMAN (designate)

Appointed as a non-executive director and Chairman Designate in 
October 2010 and will become Chairman following the company’s AGM 
in March 2011. He is Chairman of AEGON plc and a non-executive 
director of Johnson Service Group plc and Rank Group plc. Previously 
he was non-executive director of Barratt Developments plc, Matalan plc 
and	an	executive	director	of	Whitbread	plc.

03 BiLL oLiver BSc, FCA
ChiEF ExECUtivE

Joined the Company as Finance Director in 2000. Appointed Managing 
Director in 2003 and Chief Executive in 2004. He has over 30 years’ 
experience within the housebuilding and property sectors. 

04 iaN MeNZieS-GoW MA*†
A non-executive director appointed in 2002. Senior Independent 
Director since February 2009. Formerly Chairman of Geest PLC and 
Derbyshire Building Society and prior to that held senior executive 
positions within the Hanson Group.

05 DaviD GarMaN BA FCiLt*†
A non-executive director appointed in April 2010. Formerly Chief 
Executive of TDG plc and the Allied Bakeries subsidiary of Associated 
British Foods plc. Currently Senior Independent Director of Carillion plc 
and a non-executive director of Phoenix IT Group plc. 

06 MiCHaeL DUNN BSc, FCA 
GROUP FiNANCE DiRECtOR

Joined the Company in December 2010. Michael joined St. Modwen 
from May Gurney Integrated Services plc, the AIM listed infrastructure 
support services business, where he spent five years as Group Finance 
Director. A chartered accountant, Michael was Finance Director of 
Carillion Building and Carillion Private Finance prior to joining May 
Gurney.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

29

07
10

08
11

09
12

07 STeve BUrKe
CONStRUCtiON DiRECtOR
Joined the Company as Construction Director in 1995 and appointed  
to the main Board as a director in November 2006. Previously  
contracts director and construction manager with a number of  
national contracting companies (including Balfour Beatty and  
Clarke Construction).

10 LeSLey JaMeS CBE, MA, CCiPD *†
A non-executive director appointed in October 2009. Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee. Formerly HR Director of Tesco PLC and 
a	non-executive	director	of	Queens	Moat	Houses	plc;	Care	UK	plc;	
Alpha Airports Group plc; Inspicio plc; Liberty International plc; and 
Selfridges plc. Currently a non-executive director of Anchor Trust and 
the	West	Bromwich	Building	Society.	

08 SiMoN CLarKe *†
A non-executive director appointed in 2004. Chairman of private 
company, Dunstall Holdings Ltd. Previously Deputy Chairman of 
Northern Racing PLC and a director and the Vice-Chairman of the 
Racecourse Association.

11 JoHN SaLMoN FCA*†
A non-executive director appointed in 2005. Chairman of the Audit 
Committee. Formerly a partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, and 
a member and former Deputy Chairman of their supervisory board. 
Currently a trustee and council member of the British Heart Foundation.

09 LaDy KaTHeriNe iNNeS Ker MA, DPhil*†
A non-executive director appointed in October 2009. Formerly a 
non-executive director of The Television Corporation PLC, Fibernet 
Group	plc,	Williams	Lea	PLC,	Gyrus	Group	PLC,	Shed	Media	PLC,	
Bryant Group plc, Ordnance Survey, ITVDigital plc, Oakley Capital 
Limited,	Marine	Farms	ASA	and	Taylor	Wimpey	PLC.	Currently	Senior	
Independent Director of Tribal Group plc and a non-executive director of 
Go-Ahead Group plc.

12 reeTa SToKeS ACiS
COMPANy SECREtARy

Joined the Company in November 2009. Previously a senior manager  
in the secretariat of Alliance & Leicester plc, and ran her own practice 
providing company secretarial services to public and private companies. 
Prior	to	that,	was	Deputy	Company	Secretary	of	McKechnie	plc.

* member of Audit and Remuneration Committees
† member of the Nomination Committee

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

30     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Corporate Governance  regional Directors

03
06

02
01
05
04
07 08

01 JoHN DoDDS BSc, FRiCS
REGiONAL DiRECtOR — MiDLANDS

02 GUy GUSTerSoN BSc, MBA
RESiDENtiAL DiRECtOR

06 TiM SeDDoN BSc, MRiCS
REGiONAL DiRECtOR — LONDON & SOUth EASt

07 MiCHeLLe TayLor BSc, MRiCS
REGiONAL DiRECtOR — NORth WESt

03 MiKe HerBerT
REGiONAL DiRECtOR — NORth StAFFORDShiRE

08 rUPerT WooD BSc, MRiCS
REGiONAL DiRECtOR — NORthERN hOME COUNtiES

04 rUPerT JoSeLaND BSc, MRiCS
REGiONAL DiRECtOR — SOUth WESt & SOUth WALES

05 STePHeN ProSSer BSc, MRiCS
REGiONAL DiRECtOR — yORKShiRE & NORth EASt

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

www.stmodwen.co.uk 
Corporate Governance  Corporate Governance report

31

The Board is committed to maintaining high standards of corporate 
governance within the Company. Throughout the year ended  
30th November 2010, the Company has complied with Section 1  
of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued in 2008  
(the ‘Code’) except in relation to the following matters:

•	 The	Code	asks	the	Board	to	identify	each	non-executive	director	it	

considers to be independent. Of the eight non-executive directors at 
the end of 2010, the Board considers Bill Shannon, Ian Menzies-
Gow,	David	Garman,	Lesley	James,	Katherine	Innes	Ker,	and	John	
Salmon to be fully independent. The Board recognises that Simon 
Clarke does not meet the criteria for a fully independent director 
under the Code, although his position as a representative of the 
Clarke and Leavesley families who together hold 49.1m shares 
(24.52%) in the Company’s issued share capital, gives him a very 
strong interest in challenging and scrutinising management to secure 
excellent performance from the Company.

•	 The	Code	recommends	that	all	members	of	the	Audit	and	

Remuneration Committees are independent non-executive directors. 
Each of these Committees comprises all of the non-executive 
members of the Board. As explained above, Simon Clarke is not a 
fully independent director under the Code, but the Board considers 
that its discussions benefit from his involvement in the preparatory 
detailed scrutiny which takes place in these Committees. As also 
noted above, Simon Clarke has a strong interest in challenging and 
monitoring management’s performance. 

•	 The	Code	recommends	that	a	chief	executive	should	not	go	on	to	be	
the Chairman of the same company. As explained in previous years’ 
annual reports, the Board recommended the appointment of former 
Chief Executive, Anthony Glossop, as Chairman of the Board in 2004 
which was endorsed by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting 
that same year. As of 11th February 2008 Anthony Glossop became 
non-executive Chairman. He will be retiring after the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting on 22nd March 2011. Bill Shannon, who 
was deemed to be independent on appointment, will take over 
as Chairman. The roles of the Chairman and Chief Executive are 
carefully differentiated. 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES 
The Board operates within the terms of its written authorities, which 
include a schedule of matters reserved for the approval of the Board. 
The Board currently consists of the non-executive Chairman, three 
executive directors and seven non-executive directors. The composition 
of the Board provides an appropriate blend of experience and 
qualifications, and the number of non-executives provides a strong base 
for ensuring appropriate corporate governance of the Company. The 
Board’s decisions are implemented by the executive directors. 

The Board met 11 times during the year and the Chairman and the 
non-executive directors also met without the executive directors being 
present. The programme of Board meetings is tailored to enable some 
meetings to be held at the Company’s properties. In advance of each 
meeting, each director receives a Board pack containing comprehensive 
briefing papers. Presentations on business and operational issues are 
made regularly to the Board by senior management. The non-executive 
directors are encouraged to communicate directly with the executive 
directors between formal Board meetings and in addition to these 
regular Board meetings, the Board holds an annual strategy meeting at 
which it discusses the future direction of the Company as part of the 
business planning process. 

Ian Menzies-Gow is the Senior Independent Director. He is available for 
consultation by shareholders, whenever appropriate. He will be retiring 
after the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 22nd March 2011. David 
Garman will be appointed the Senior Independent Director on that date.

The Company’s Articles of Association provide that all directors are 
subject to re-election at least every three years. In addition, all directors 
are subject to re-election by shareholders after their initial appointment.

The reappointment of non-executive directors is not automatic. It is 
intended that appointments will be for an initial term of three years, 
which may be extended by mutual agreement. Prior to each non-
executive director offering himself to the members for re-election his 
reappointment must be confirmed by the Chairman (or the Senior 
Independent Director in relation to the Chairman) in consultation with 
the remainder of the Board.

The Board is supplied with timely and relevant information regarding 
the business, through regular monthly and ad hoc reports, site visits 
and presentations from members of the management team and 
by	meetings	with	key	partners.	Where	appropriate,	the	Company	
provides the resources to enable directors to update and upgrade their 
knowledge. Through the Company Secretary, the Board is informed of 
corporate governance issues and all Board members have access via the 
Company Secretary to independent advice if required. 

The criteria used for evaluating individual executive directors’ 
performance are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 
Individual non-executive directors’ performance is reviewed by the 
Chairman and Chief Executive. The performance of the Board as a 
whole is assessed in the context of the Company’s achievement of its 
strategic objectives and total shareholder return targets. Feedback on 
the Company is sought through external surveys from shareholders, 
analysts and other professionals within the investment community 
following regular briefings, presentations and site visits undertaken by 
the Company. This feedback is made available to the whole Board. 

In support of the principles of good corporate governance, the Board 
has appointed the following Committees, all of which have formal terms 
of reference which are available for inspection by shareholders and are 
posted on the Company’s website, www.stmodwen.co.uk:

a) Audit Committee
The Audit Committee currently comprises all of the non-executive 
directors. The Committee is chaired by John Salmon, who as a former 
partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, is considered by the Board to 
have the required recent and relevant experience. 

The Company’s Finance Director, Financial Controller and Internal 
Auditor attend Audit Committee meetings but the Committee also 
meets without management being present and has private sessions 
with the auditors. The Committee has direct access to the internal and 
external auditors. 

The Audit Committee’s functions include:

•	 Ensuring	that	appropriate	accounting	systems	and	financial	controls	
are in operation and that the Group’s financial statements comply 
with statutory and other requirements.

•	 Receiving	reports	from,	and	consulting	with,	the	internal	and	external	

auditors.

•	 Reviewing	the	interim	and	annual	results	and	reports	to	shareholders,	

and considering any matters raised by the internal and external auditors.

•	 Considering	the	appropriateness	of	the	accounting	policies	of	the	

Group used in preparing its financial statements.

•	 Monitoring	the	integrity	of	the	financial	statements	of	the	Group	and	
formal announcements relating to the Group’s financial performance, 
and reviewing significant financial reporting judgements contained 
therein.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

32     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Corporate Governance  Corporate Governance report continued

•	 Reviewing	the	effectiveness	of	the	Group’s	internal	audit	function.

•	 Reviewing	and	monitoring	the	independence	and	objectivity	of	the	

Group’s external auditors.

•	 Monitoring	the	scope,	cost	effectiveness	and	objectivity	of	the	audit.

•	 Monitoring	the	Group’s	policy	on	non-audit	services	provided	by	the	

b) Nomination Committee 
The Nomination Committee comprises Anthony Glossop (as chairman 
of the Committee), Ian Menzies-Gow, John Salmon, Lesley James and 
Katherine	Innes	Ker	together	with	David	Garman	and	Bill	Shannon	who	
joined on 19th April and 1st November 2010 respectively. Paul Rigg 
resigned on 26th March 2010.

external auditors.

The Committee is responsible for:

•	 Making	an	annual	assessment	of	the	external	auditors	and	

recommending, or not, their reappointment.

•	 Reviewing	“whistle-blowing”arrangements	within	the	Company.

•	 Reviewing	its	own	performance,	constitution	and	terms	of	reference	to	
ensure it is operating at maximum effectiveness and recommending 
any changes it considers necessary to the Board for approval. 

During the year, the Committee was assisted in the performance of 
these duties by the Company’s internal auditor, tasked with auditing the 
documented internal control procedures and ensuring compliance. 

The Committee’s policy on the provision of non-audit services by the 
external auditors is that, whilst it is appropriate and cost effective for the 
external auditors to provide tax compliance and tax planning services to the 
Group, other services should only be provided where alternative providers 
do not exist or where it is cost effective or in the Group’s interest for the 
external auditors to provide such services. In all cases the provision of non-
audit services is carefully monitored by, and subject to the prior approval 
of, the Committee. The external auditors would not be invited to provide 
any non-audit services where it was felt that this could conflict with their 
independence or objectivity. Such services would include the provision of 
internal audit and management consulting services. 

•	 Evaluating	the	balance	of	skills,	knowledge	and	experience	on	the	
Board and the structure, size and composition of the Board and its 
Committees. 

•	 Annually	reviewing	the	performance	of	non-executive	directors	and	

Board Committees. 

•	 Recommending	and	reviewing	new	appointments	to	the	Board	as	they	

become due. 

•	 Reviewing	and	approving	Board	and	Committee	succession.	

During the year external consultants Zygos Partnerships were engaged 
to assist in a search for two new non-executive directors to replace 
the Chairman and Senior Independent Director. Following a rigorous 
assessment process, the Committee recommended the appointments 
of Bill Shannon and David Garman to the Board and they were duly 
appointed. The Committee also endorsed the appointment during the 
year of Michael Dunn as Group Finance Director and he was appointed 
on 1st December 2010.  

c) Remuneration Committee
The composition and functions of the Remuneration Committee are set 
out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 38.

BOARD AND COMMITTEE ATTENDANCE
The attendance at Board or Committee meetings during the year to 30th November 2010, was as follows: 

Audit  Remuneration  Nominations 
Committee

Committee 

Committee 

— 
— 
3* 
—	
3	
3 
3	
3 
1 
3 
2 
1	
3 

4* 
— 
— 
4*	
4	
4 
4	
4 
1 
4 
2 
—	
4 

2
—
—
						1*
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
—
2

C.C.A. Glossop 
S.J. Burke 
T.P. Haywood (resigned 26.11.10) 
W.A.	Oliver	
S.W.	Clarke	
L. James 
K.	Innes	Ker	
R.I. Menzies-Gow 
D.P. Rigg (resigned 26.3.10) 
J.H. Salmon 
D. Garman (appointed 19.4.10) 
W.M.F.C.	Shannon	(appointed	1.11.10)	
No. of meetings during the year 

*  In attendance, but not a member of the committee.

Board 

11 
10 
11 
11	
11	
10 
10	
11 
4 
10 
7 
1	
11 

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

33

BOARD EFFECTIVENESS
The Code recommends that the Board undertake a formal and rigorous 
annual evaluation of its own performance. A formal evaluation, 
facilitated by an external assessor, Dr Tracy Long of Boardroom Review, 
was undertaken during 2008-09. The principal findings of the review 
were that although there had been a significant improvement in risk 
management, communication with shareholders and stakeholders 
and a shared sense of vision, areas that required further review were 
succession planning and clarity of Board agenda and papers. 

During 2009-10 a number of changes were made to the composition 
of the Board, including the appointment of Chairman Designate and 
Senior Independent Director Designate and the Group Finance Director 
was replaced on 1st December 2010. 

Evaluations of the Board process continue to be carried out by the 
Chairman Designate and Company Secretary and it is intended that the 
next Board evaluation which is due later in 2011, will be undertaken 
externally.

RISK MANAgEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL
The Board recognises that it has overall responsibility for the 
identification and mitigation of risks and the development and 
maintenance of an appropriate system of internal control. 

During the period under review the directors have reviewed:

•	 the	effectiveness	of	the	system	of	internal	control	in	accordance	with	
the Turnbull guidance, through the production of a detailed report 
which covered the Group’s control environment; 

•	 the	manner	in	which	key	business	risks	are	identified;	

The Group’s key internal controls are centred on comprehensive monthly 
reporting from all activities which includes a detailed portfolio analysis, 
development progress reviews, management accounts and a comparison 
of committed expenditure against available facilities. These matters are 
reported to the Board monthly, with reasons for any significant variances 
from budget. Detailed annual budgets are reviewed by the Board and 
revised forecasts for the year are prepared on a regular basis.

The Group has put in place its own internal audit function. Internal 
audit work is focused on the controls that mitigate the principal risks 
faced by the Group. The internal audit reports are prepared for the 
executive management and the findings are reported to the Group’s 
Audit Committee.

There are clearly defined procedures for the authorisation of capital 
expenditure, purchases and sales of development and investment 
properties, contracts and commitments and a formal schedule of 
matters, including major investment and development decisions and 
strategic matters, that are reserved for Board approval. Formal policies 
and procedures are in place covering all elements of employment, the 
construction process, health and safety and IT. 

Internal control, by its nature, provides only reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement or loss. The directors continue, 
however, to strive to ensure that internal control and risk management 
are further embedded into the operations of the business by dealing with 
areas for improvement as they are identified. In the year under review, no 
material loss was suffered by a failure of internal control.

The analysis of the business’s key risks was also reviewed and redefined 
in the light of current experience.

•	 the	adequacy	of	information	systems	and	control	procedures;	and	

The Company’s policies with respect to its:

•	 the	manner	in	which	any	required	corrective	action	is	to	be	taken.

a) financial risk management objectives and policies, including the 

policy for hedging each major type of forecasted transaction for which 
hedge accounting is used; and

b) exposure to price risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and cashflow risk, 

are contained in Note 16 to the accounts.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

34     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Corporate Governance  Corporate Governance report continued

Risks and Uncertainties
St. Modwen recognises that the identification, assessment, monitoring and response to business risks is essential to the delivery of the Group’s 
objectives. St. Modwen has policies and procedures in place that are designed to enable the business to manage and mitigate its corporate, 
operational and financial risks. This is reinforced by a management structure that seeks to reduce risks in the business.

Risk Area

Description of Risk

 Risk Mitigation 

 Assessment

Economic and Property

Lack of demand for space from 
occupiers or land from housebuilders 
restricts business development.

Regional spread and portfolio 
diversity mitigates sector or location 
specific risks.

Financial 

Declining rental yields reduce 
profitability and cash flow.

Reduced availability of well funded 
property purchasers reduces profits 
and restricts cash flow.

Market investment yield movements 
reduce profitability and affect 
property portfolio valuations. 

Active portfolio management 
achieves a better than market 
utilisation of assets. 

Professionally conducted and 
conservative property valuations.

Funding constraints restrict growth 
and development of the business.

Unforeseen	significant	changes	to	
cash flow requirements limit the 
ability of the business to meet its 
ongoing commitments.

Interest rate changes cause 
unforeseen financial loss.

Recurring income from rental 
provides funding for ongoing 
overhead and interest costs.

Regular and detailed cash flow 
forecasting enables monitoring of 
performance and management of 
future cash flows. Headroom is 
maintained in high quality banking 
facilities.

Business Organisation  
and People 

Shortage of skilled and experienced 
people.

Poor succession planning.

IT failure prevents business 
operation. 

Failure to Secure  
Appropriate Schemes 

Poor market intelligence on 
schemes or competitors prevents 
successful bids or causes the 
selection of inappropriate 
schemes.

Lack of availability of finance 
limits potential scheme 
development.

Inaccurate reputation with 
clients reduces ability to secure 
schemes. 

Performance against budget is 
assessed monthly.

Hedging policy contains interest 
rate risk. 

Targeted recruitment with 
competitive, performance driven 
remuneration packages. 

Succession planning reviewed at 
Board level.

Dedicated IT team monitor 
performance of all information 
systems. 

Regional offices in touch with 
their local market.

Dedicated central resource to 
support regional teams.

Flexible and innovative approach 
to acquisitions and schemes 
in order to adapt as market 
conditions change.

Financial headroom maintained to 
provide flexibility.

Projects, acquisitions and 
disposals are reviewed (and 
financially appraised) within 
clearly defined authority limits.

Business wide PR programme in 
place.

We	have	chosen	to	operate	only	
in	one	geographical	area,	the	UK,	
which is subject to relatively low-
risk, low-returns from a stable and 
mature, albeit cyclical economy and 
property market. By involvement 
with all sectors of that economy 
and that property market, we are 
as diversified as possible, without 
venturing overseas. 

Our cautious approach to forward 
commitments, speculative 
development and asset disposals 
has enabled us to optimise 
operational cash flows, and to 
offset the impact of fluctuating 
market conditions. Furthermore, 
we have once again recorded 
a trading profit in the year, 
demonstrating our ability to 
succeed in varying markets.

Our banking facilities have been 
extended, our gearing reduced and 
interest rate risk hedged.

Vacancies are few, and are 
generally filled promptly, indicating 
the attractiveness of the Company 
and remuneration packages. To 
support the long-term financial 
objectives, we will need to continue 
to improve the skills of our 
employees.

With	improving	economic	
conditions, pension contributions, 
payment of bonuses and modest 
salary increases have been 
reintroduced. 

The excellent reputation and 
restored financial capacity of 
the Company have enabled us to 
win a number of schemes and 
to grow the hopper to record 
levels, even in the current 
financially-constrained climate. 
We	anticipate	that	the	number	
of opportunities will increase 
as vendor expectations become 
more realistic and lenders begin 
to address the issues in their 
loan books. In this environment, 
with a reduced number of active 
competitors, we expect to be able 
to continue to source attractive 
acquisitions.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

Risk Area

Construction 

Reputational  

Regulatory 

Social, Ethical and 
Environmental 

Description of Risk 

Risk Mitigation 

Assessment 

35

Financial or reputational damage 
from inappropriate quality or 
timeliness.

Inaccurate initial project 
assessments of contamination, 
development cost or contractor 
status prevent effective delivery 
causing financial loss.

Strong internal construction 
management team.

Use	and	close	supervision	of	
a preferred supply chain of 
high quality trusted suppliers 
and professionals, including 
assessment of their financial 
viability.

Lack of trusted contractor and 
sub-contractor resources available 
for increased post-recession 
activity.

Clearly defined formal tender 
process that evaluates qualitative 
and quantitative factors in bid 
assessment.

Proven experience of completing 
schemes successfully despite 
contractor failure.

Difficulty in securing appropriate 
partnerships and schemes if 
reputation with influential third 
parties negatively affected.

Investor perception damaged.

Monthly review of performance 
to identify if senior management 
intervention is required.

Regular feedback obtained from 
clients, advisers and investors. 

Recruitment and retention of key 
staff impacted.

Planning regime changes 
limit ability to secure viable 
permissions.

Lack of compliance with complex 
tax regulations causes financial 
loss.

Use	of	high	quality	professional	
advisers.

Compliance training programmes 
in place.

Programme of regular high level 
meetings with influential public 
bodies.  

Serious injury or death of an 
employee, a client or a member of 
the public.

Environmental pollution leading 
to financial penalties or loss of 
reputation.

Inappropriate ethical or business 
behaviour causing legal risks or 
loss of reputation.

Performance indicators are 
reviewed monthly.

Defined business processes 
and authority levels to manage 
transactions.

Any issues dealt with openly and 
promptly. 

The Company is willing to accept 
a degree of environmental/ 
contamination risk, enabling 
higher returns to be made for the 
perceived higher risks undertaken. 
These risks are passed on or 
minimised where possible, but 
cannot be eliminated. In our 
recent experience, the residual 
risks have been acceptably low.

In current markets there is an 
increased risk of contractor 
failure. Our panel of contractors 
is assessed for stability and 
suitability but is not immune 
to	wider	economic	risks.	Using	
a sufficiently broad mix of 
contractors, for whom our work is 
important, mitigates the impact of 
a single failure.

The Company enjoys an excellent 
reputation with its stakeholders 
(including investors, business 
partners and employees). This 
is based on, and reinforced by, 
a strong set of principles and 
consistent delivery of promises. 
The very nature of our business, 
however, means that there will 
always be an element of local 
controversy, thus exposing us to 
reputational damage. 

Our daily exposure to all aspects  
of the planning process, and 
internal procedures for spreading 
best practice ensure we remain 
abreast of most developments. 
We	have	become	more	active	
in attempting to influence 
public policy debate, although 
meaningful and beneficial changes 
are very difficult to bring about, 
notwithstanding the formalities of 
extensive public consultation.

We	continue	to	remain	vigilant	on	
health and safety issues. The initial 
assessment of environmental costs 
(and the subsequent optimising 
of remediation solutions) is an 
integral part of our acquisition 
and post-acquisition procedures. 
We	seek	to	minimise	or	pass	on	
any such environmental risks, 
and believe that the residual risk 
in this respect is acceptably low. 
In other social and ethical areas, 
the Company has benefited from 
the underpinning of a simple 
but rigorous set of operating 
commitments. 

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
36     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Corporate Governance  Corporate Governance report continued

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES
The Company acts as the holding company of a group of property 
investment and development companies. A list of the subsidiary and 
associated undertakings affecting the profit or net assets of the Group 
are included in Note F to the Company Financial Statements. 

BUSINESS REVIEW
The Company is required by the Companies Act 2006 to include a 
business review in this report. This information can be found on pages 
08 to 19, which is incorporated in this report by reference.

DIVIDENDS
The directors recommend a final dividend of 2p per ordinary share to be 
paid on 4th April 2011 to ordinary shareholders on the register on 11th 
March 2011 which, together with the interim dividend of 1p paid on 
6th September 2010, makes a total of 3p for the year (2009: nil).

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN ORDINARY SHARES
The interests of the directors in the issued share capital of the 
Company, are shown below:

30th November 30th November 
2009

2010 

Beneficial
S.J. Burke 
S.W.	Clarke	
C.C.A. Glossop 
T.P. Haywood (resigned on 26.11.10) 
L. James  
R.I. Menzies-Gow 
W.A.	Oliver	
D.P. Rigg (retired on 26.3.10) 
J.H. Salmon 
D. Garman (appointed 19.4.10) 
W.M.F.C.	Shannon	(appointed	on	1.11.10)	
Non-beneficial
C.C.A. Glossop 

174,643 
6,112,657 
1,708,792 
— 
10,000 
14,814 
391,093 
— 
25,000 
10,000 
40,000 

112,123
7,122,657
1,757,292
155,324
10,000
14,814
314,157
2,812
18,000
—
—

180,000 

180,000

Mr. M. E. Dunn who was appointed as Group Finance Director on  
1st December 2010, held 30,000 shares on 30th November 2010.

The above interests do not include shares held under the share option 
schemes described in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages  
39 to 41.

There has been no change in these beneficial interests between  
30th November 2010 and the date of this report. 

SUBSTANTIAL INTERESTS 
As at 4th February 2011 the Company had been notified of the 
following interests in more than 3% of its issued share capital:

Shareholder 

Number of  Percentage of 
Ordinary 
 Share Capital

Ordinary 
Shares Held 

18,543,382 

J.D. Leavesley and connected parties 
Lady Clarke and family holdings 
24,462,539	
(excluding	S.W.	Clarke)	
14,429,368 
Aberforth Partners 
Co-operative Asset Management 
9,640,359 
Morgan Stanley Investment Management  9,533,648 
9,515,186	
Kempen	Capital	Management	
7,520,923 
BlackRock 
7,269,244 
CBRE Global Real Estate Securities 
AXA Investment Managers 
7,182,457 
Legal & General Investment Management  6,488,153 

9.25%

12.21%
7.20%
4.81%
4.76%
4.75%
3.75%
3.63%
3.58%
3.24%

REAPPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS
The directors listed on pages 28 to 29 constituted the Board during 
the year. David Garman and Bill Shannon, having been appointed since 
the last Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’), offer themselves for election. 
Anthony Glossop and Ian Menzies-Gow will retire from the Board 
and are not seeking re-election. Michael Dunn, who was appointed 
Director on 1st December 2010, will also offer himself for election. In 
accordance with a new provision included in the Governance Code, all 
other directors will seek re-election at the next Annual General Meeting.  
Although this provision of the Governance Code would not apply to the 
Company until the financial year ending 30th November 2011, the 
Board has decided to comply this year. 

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN CONTRACTS
No contract existed during the year in relation to the Company’s 
business in which any director was materially interested, with the 
exception of those detailed in Note 21.

QUALIFYINg THIRD PARTY INDEMNITY PROVISIONS
As at the date of this report, there are qualifying third party indemnity 
provisions governed by the Companies Act 2006 in place, under which 
the Company has agreed to indemnify the directors, former directors 
and the Company Secretary of the Company, directors and former 
directors of any member of the Group or of an associated company or 
affiliate company and members of the Executive Committee, to the 
extent permitted by law and the Articles against all liability arising in 
respect of any act or omission in their duties.  In addition the Company 
has in place Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance for each officer 
of the Company and its associated companies.

CREDITOR PAYMENT POLICY
It is the Group’s policy to agree specific payment terms for its business 
transactions with its suppliers and to abide by those terms whenever 
it is satisfied that the supplier has provided the goods and services in 
accordance with the agreed terms and conditions.

During the year ended 30th November 2010 trade creditors represented 
an average of 32 days’ purchases (2009: 31 days). This has been 
calculated by expressing year end creditors as a fraction of purchases 
made in the year, and multiplying the resulting fraction by 365 days.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
Details	of	the	Group’s	Key	Performance	Indicators	can	be	found	on	page	
18.

gOINg CONCERN
In consideration of the basis of going concern, the directors have 
considered the factors described in the Business Review and reviewed 
the Group’s future cash forecasts and valuation projections, which the 
directors believe are based on realistic assumptions.

On these grounds the Board has continued to adopt the going concern 
basis for the preparation of the financial statements.

EMPLOYEES
The Group encourages employee involvement and places emphasis 
on keeping its employees informed of the Group’s activities and 
performance. The Company’s executive runs quarterly management 
meetings at which staff are informed about information affecting them 
as employees, where their feedback is sought on decisions likely to 
affect their interests, and where a common awareness is achieved of the 
financial and economic factors affecting the Company’s performance. 
This information is then cascaded to staff at the Company’s head office 
and regional offices. A performance related annual bonus scheme 
and share option arrangements are designed to encourage employee 
involvement in the success of the Group.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

37

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS
Each year the Company produces and posts annual reports to all of its 
shareholders, at considerable cost to the Company and the environment. 
In an effort to reduce the cost and the environmental burden and 
provide instant access, the Board has agreed to make more use  
of electronic and website communication. All shareholder 
documentation will continue to be published directly on our website 
(www.stmodwen.co.uk). Shareholders will be notified by email or post 
each time a document is published on the website and how to find it. 
The interim management statements will continue to be available via 
the website. 

Shareholders who prefer to receive a printed copy will be able to elect 
to do so (those who have elected to receive a printed copy already will 
continue to do so). Shareholders who have elected to receive electronic 
communications can at any time change their election and require the 
Company to send them a paper copy of any document or information 
which has been posted on the Company website.  

Although electronic communications will become the default option, 
the Company reserves the right to send printed documents by post, 
should the information be more suited to that format. If the Company 
is required to restrict the sending of any documents or information to 
any shareholder due to the local laws of the jurisdiction in which the 
shareholder is resident or located and as a result, the Company is not 
permitted to use electronic means to communicate with shareholders, it 
will send hard copies of the documents or information.

BUSINESS STANDARDS
The Company does not condone any form of corrupt behaviour in 
business dealings and has disciplinary procedures in place to deal with 
any illegal or inappropriate activities by employees.

The Group operates a non-discriminatory employment policy under 
which full and fair consideration is given to disabled applicants, to 
the continued employment of staff who become disabled, and to 
their continued career development and promotion. It is the policy 
of the Group that the training, career development and promotion of 
disabled persons should, as far as possible, be identical to that of other 
employees. 

The Group operates a pension scheme which is open to all employees 
— see Note 18 of the financial statements.

POLITICAL DONATIONS AND CHARITABLE DONATIONS
The Company did not make any political donations in the year. Details 
of the Company’s charitable activities are included in the CSR review. 
Direct charitable donations during the year, excluding donations made 
by the St. Modwen Environmental Trust, totalled £12,000  
(2009: £14,000).

SHAREHOLDER RELATIONS
The executive directors have a programme of meetings with institutional 
shareholders and analysts at which the Company’s strategy and 
most recently reported performance are explained and questions 
and comments made are relayed to the whole Board. Visits are also 
arranged to sites of particular interest or significance to assist investors’ 
understanding of the Company’s business. The Company’s Annual 
General Meeting is also used as an opportunity to communicate with 
private investors. In addition to the usual period for questions which is 
made available for shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, John 
Salmon, the Chairman of the Audit Committee, and Lesley James, the 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, will be available to answer 
appropriate questions. Any matters of concern regarding the Company 
are discussed by the Senior Independent Director with shareholders or 
appropriate corporate governance bodies and comments are fed back by 
him to the whole Board. 

Copies of all press releases, investor presentations and Annual Reports 
are posted on the Company’s website (www.stmodwen.co.uk), together 
with additional details of major projects, key financial information and 
company background. The number of proxy votes cast in resolutions 
is announced at the Annual General Meeting and published on the 
Company’s website.

To simplify and encourage participation in voting on resolutions at our 
Annual General Meeting, the Company provides the opportunity to vote 
electronically through CREST (for further details see pages 92 and 
93). In addition, shareholders will also be able to appoint a proxy 
electronically via the Company Share Registrar’s website, www.
shareview.co.uk.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
38     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Corporate Governance  Directors’ remuneration report

This remuneration report has been prepared in accordance with 
Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (S.I.2008/410) (the 
‘Regulations’), the Listing and Disclosure Rules and the principles 
relating	to	directors’	remuneration	of	the	UK	Corporate	Governance	
Code and will be subject to an advisory vote at the AGM. 

The information, the headings of which have been noted with an 
asterisk (*), are subject to audit in accordance with the Regulations.

COMPOSITION AND FUNCTION OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
The Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’) comprises Lesley 
James	(Chairman),	Simon	Clarke,	Ian	Menzies-Gow,	Katherine	Innes	
Ker,	John	Salmon,	David	Garman	and	Bill	Shannon.	David	Garman	and	
Bill Shannon joined in April and November 2010 respectively. Paul 
Rigg was a member until his resignation in March 2010.

The Committee is responsible for all aspects of the executive directors’ 
remuneration and administers the Company’s share schemes. This 
includes an annual review of the incentive plan to ensure that it 
remains appropriate to the Company’s current circumstances and 
prospects and that, in particular, the policy adopted is aligned with and 
based on the creation of value for shareholders and provides appropriate 
incentives for management to achieve this objective.

The remuneration of the non-executive directors is considered by 
the Board following recommendations by the executive directors. No 
directors participate in setting their own remuneration. The Committee 
also reviews and notes annually the remuneration trends across the 
Company and any major changes in employee benefit structures. The 
Committee’s terms of reference are available for inspection on the 
Company’s website at www.stmodwen.co.uk.

During the year, Hewitt New Bridge Street (‘HNBS’) replaced Towers 
Watson	as	the	Committee’s	independent	remuneration	advisers.	HNBS	
do no other work for the Company. The Committee was also assisted 
in its deliberations by the Chairman, the Chief Executive and the 
Company Secretary, who were not present when their own remuneration 
arrangements were under discussion. 

REMUNERATION POLICY
The objective of St. Modwen’s remuneration policy is to attract, retain 
and motivate high calibre senior executives through competitive pay 
arrangements which are also in the best interests of shareholders. These 
include performance-related elements with demanding targets, in order 
to align the interests of directors and shareholders and to appropriately 
reward financial success.

The overall aim is that executive directors’ remuneration should be 
market competitive relative to comparable companies with a significant 
element being performance-related and, therefore, only payable if 
stretching short-term and long-term performance targets are achieved. 

The main elements of executive directors’ remuneration comprise:

•	 Base salary: reviewed annually in the light of information on the 

external market and other relevant factors such as internal relativities 
and individual performance. 

•	 Annual bonus: a clear and direct incentive linked to annual 

performance targets. Bonus targets require performance based 
on financial, operational and strategic measures at company and 
personal levels. 

•	 Performance share plan: an annual award of shares which vest, subject 
to achievement of performance targets, in whole or in part after three 
years. The plan was agreed by shareholders in 2007 and provides the 
main incentive to sustained, longer term performance. The plan rules 
require challenging performance targets to be set for each award to 
vest.

•	 Pensions and benefits: executive directors’ on-going pension benefits 

comprise a cash allowance or a Company contribution to  
the defined contribution scheme. Executive directors also receive 
private medical insurance, life insurance and participate in the 
company car plan 

•	 Shareholdings: it has been the Company’s policy since 1st December 

2006 that executive directors are expected to build up their 
shareholdings in the Company over a five year period to be shares,  
at a minimum, worth one times base salary. 

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION 
The Committee, with the assistance of its independent advisers, 
undertook its annual review of executive directors’ remuneration. This 
review assessed existing pay arrangements in light of the Committee’s 
policy objectives, operational and strategic priorities, corporate 
governance best practice, relevant market developments and pay 
practice throughout the Company. Following this review, the Committee 
has agreed the following changes for 2010-11:

Executive directors’ base salaries have been increased by 2% from 
1st December 2010. This is consistent with the average 2% increase 
awarded to other staff.

Pension provision for all employees was reduced in 2009-10 (the 
reduction for executive directors was from 15% to 5% of salary). 
Following the resumption of NAV growth, pension provision has been 
restored in 2010-11 for all employees to their previous level.

A claw-back facility has been introduced to the annual bonus plan for 
2010-11 to reflect current best practice.

In recent years, awards granted under the performance share plan 
have been subject to a mixture of total shareholder return (‘TSR’) and 
NAV performance measures. To avoid potential overlap with the annual 
bonus plan, the Committee has decided that performance share plan 
awards in 2010-11 will be measured against absolute and relative  
TSR performance. 

Full details of these changes are set out below:

Base salaries
No increases to base salaries were given for the year beginning  
1st December 2009, in line with the policy adopted for the majority  
of employees.

Base salaries for the year beginning 1st December 2010 were reviewed 
having regard to market conditions and the salary review being 
implemented for other staff which was as a 2% increase. Salaries were 
set at the following levels: Bill Oliver (Chief Executive) — £432,847 
(2% increase); Stephen Burke (Construction Director) — £285,600 
(2% increase). Michael Dunn (the new Group Finance Director) was 
appointed on 1st December 2010 with a salary of £260,000. 

Pension 
Employer contributions to the defined contribution scheme  
were reduced for all employees from 1st September 2009 until  
30th November 2010. For executive directors, this resulted in a 
reduction from 15% of salary to 5% of salary.

The Board has approved the reinstatement of pension contributions 
across the Company with effect from December 2010 at the same rates 
applicable prior to their suspension in September 2009. Executive 
directors will, therefore, receive contributions of 15% of salary in 
2010–11 either as a cash supplement or as a contribution to the 
defined contribution scheme.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

39

Annual Bonus Plan
2009-10
In 2009-10, the executive directors had the opportunity to earn a 
bonus of up to 125% of base salary, with performance measured 
against a range of criteria including NAV growth at the year end, 
covenant compliance, gearing levels, land and property acquisitions 
and disposals, marshalling activity and personal targets including cost 
management.

Payment of bonus was not dependent on achievement of any single 
target in isolation, since the targets were all of key importance to the 
short and longer-term health of the Company and the Committee did not 
wish to distort behaviour by focusing on a single element. 

The executive directors’ performance was assessed individually by the 
Committee against the targets, relying on audited information where 
appropriate, and having regard to the value which has been created for 
shareholders.

On the basis of the Committee’s assessment of corporate and individual 
performance, bonus payments made to each of the executive directors 
were: Bill Oliver 80% of maximum bonus (100% of salary); Steve Burke 
80% of maximum bonus (100% of salary). Tim Haywood resigned on 
26th November 2010 and did not receive any bonus.

Payment of the bonus is conditional upon the executive directors 
undertaking to invest at least one third of the bonus received, after 
payment of income tax and national insurance, in Company shares and 
to retain those shares for a minimum period of three years.

2010-11
Following its review of remuneration arrangements, the Remuneration 
Committee has broadly maintained the structure of the existing bonus 
plan for 2010-11:

•	 A	mixture	of	corporate	measures	and	personal	targets	will	continue	

to determine bonus payments. 

•	 The	corporate	measures	selected	will	be	consistent	with	and	
complement the budget and strategic plan for the year. NAV 
performance will have the largest weighting amongst the corporate 
measures in 2010-11. Other measures will include dividend growth, 
gearing levels, marshalling activity and return on capital.

•	 Notwithstanding	performance	against	individual	measures,	the	

Committee will retain an overriding discretion to ensure that overall 
bonus payouts reflect its view of corporate performance during  
the year.

•	 The	maximum	bonus	potential	will	remain	at	125%	of	salary	with	

executive directors being required to invest at least one third of any 
bonus received in Company shares.

•	 A	new	feature	for	the	bonus	plan	in	2010-11	is	that	all	bonuses	
paid will be subject to potential claw-back at the Committee’s 
discretion for a period of four years following the end of the bonus 
year in the event that a later restatement of accounts occurs or there 
is other discovered misconduct which, if known at the time, would 
have meant that a lower or nil bonus would have been paid.

Performance Share Plan (“PSP”)
Prior year awards
Awards granted to executive directors in 2008 over shares worth 150% 
of salary were subject to a NAV growth target and a TSR multiplier. As 
the minimum NAV growth target has not been met, the Remuneration 
Committee has determined that these awards will lapse.

Awards granted to executive directors in 2009 and 2010 over shares 
worth 125% of salary, half were subject to a NAV condition and half to 
a TSR condition both measured over a period of three financial years. 

•	 NAV	condition	—	based	on	cumulative	growth	in	NAV	per	share	
(“NAV growth”). NAV growth of 5% (2009 award)/7.5% (2010 
award) will earn 12.5% of the shares awarded and growth of 20% 
(2009 award)/30% (2010 award) will earn 50% of the shares 
awarded. 

•	 TSR	condition	—	based	on	TSR	relative	to	the	FTSE350	Real	Estate	

Index. TSR equal to the Index over the three year performance 
period will earn 12.5% of the shares awarded and TSR of 120% of 
the Index will earn 50% of the shares awarded, with a straight-line 
correlation between these points.

Tim Haywood resigned as Finance Director on 26th November 2010 
and his share options have lapsed.

2010-11 awards
In 2010-11, PSP awards to Bill Oliver and Steve Burke will be over 
shares worth 125% of salary. To reflect his recent recruitment, the 
Remuneration Committee has agreed a slightly larger award over shares 
worth 150% of salary to Michael Dunn. 

Noting the concern of some investors and the potential overlap with the 
annual bonus plan, PSP awards in 2010-11 will not be subject to a 
NAV related performance measure. Instead they will be subject wholly 
to TSR related measures measured over three financial years — half 
based on relative performance as in previous years and half based on 
absolute growth. The Committee believes that this combination provides 
alignment with the interests of shareholders and complements the focus 
on operational performance measures in the annual bonus plan. 

•	 Absolute	TSR	performance.	TSR	growth	of	20%	will	earn	12.5%	of	
the shares awarded and growth of 50% will earn 50% of the shares 
awarded. 

•	 Relative	TSR	performance.	TSR	equal	to	the	FTSE	350	Real	Estate	
Investment & Services Index over the three year performance period 
will earn 12.5% of the shares awarded and TSR of 120% of the 
Index will earn 50% of the shares awarded.

In calculating TSR, a three month average will be used at both ends of 
the performance period to ensure that the calculation is not impacted 
by potential volatility arising from day-to-day share price fluctuations.

Notwithstanding TSR performance the Committee also has to be 
satisfied that two new underpin conditions have been met before 
permitting 2010-11 PSP awards to vest, namely:

•	 The	Committee	needs	to	be	satisfied	that	the	extent	of	vesting	

under the TSR conditions is appropriate given the general financial 
performance of the Company over the performance period; and

•	 If	no	dividend	has	been	paid	on	the	last	normal	dividend	date	prior	

to the vesting date or if the Committee believes that no dividend will 
be paid in respect of the year in which the award vests, the award 
will not vest at that time and vesting will be delayed (subject to 
continued employment) until dividend payments are resumed. 

The Committee will review these performance conditions when deciding 
PSP grants in future years, in order to reflect changes in the outlook 
for the sector and the Company, and to ensure that awards remain 
challenging.

Executive directors may also participate in the Company’s savings-
related share schemes on the same terms as all other employees.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

40     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Corporate Governance  Directors’ remuneration report continued

PERFORMANCE gRAPH
The Company’s total shareholder return is shown in the graph below against a broad equity market index. Since the Company was a constituent of the 
FTSE 250 and FTSE Real Estate indices during the year, these are considered to be appropriate benchmarks for the graph. 

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

St. Modwen

FTSE 250

FTSE 350RE

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

Audited information*

EXECUTIVE SHARE OPTION SCHEMES(i)  

Date	of	Grant	

August 2004* 

August 2005* 

W.A.	Oliver	

S.J.	Burke	 T.P.	Haywood	

Exercise  
Price	

Exercise
Period

105,610 

46,315 

— 

236p 

102,955 

39,825 

46,610 

375p 

Aug 2007
–Aug 2014
Aug 2008
– Aug 2015

As at 30th November 2010 

208,565 

86,140 

— (ii)

(i)  All share options have vested in full, having met the performance conditions. 

(ii)T.P. Haywood resigned on 26th November 2010 and as a result his share options have lapsed. 

*  The exercise prices and numbers of shares under option have been adjusted to reflect the equity issue in June 2009. 

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

41

PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN 
Directors’ maximum entitlements, subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions, are as follows:

Date	of	Grant	

12th February 2008*(i) 

24th July 2009 

22nd February 2010 

Total 

W.A.	Oliver	

S.J.	Burke	 T.P.	Haywood	

152,305 

 85,025 

 89,091 

294,694 

194,444 

172,381 

282,154 

186,170 

165,046 

729,153 

465,639 

— (ii)

Exercise 
Period

Feb 2011
–Feb 2018
July 2012
–July 2019
Feb 2013
–Feb 2020

* 

 The numbers of shares have been adjusted to reflect the equity issue in June 2009. 

(i)  PSP awards granted in 2008 have lapsed, performance conditions not having been met. 

(ii)  T.P. Haywood resigned on 26th November 2010 and as a result his entitlement under the Performance Share Plan has lapsed.

The share price on 22nd February 2010, the date of the latest grant, was 188p.

SAVINgS RELATED SCHEMES 

Balance at 
30th Nov 2009* 

Exercised 

Granted 

Balance at 
 30th Nov 2009 

Exercise 

Price* 

Exercise 
Period

C.C.A. Glossop 
W.A.	Oliver	

T.P. Haywood 

S.J. Burke 

876 
6,941	

7,025 

6,941 

— 
—	

— 

— 

— 
—	

— 

— 

 876  
6,941	

367p 
224p	

7,025**  224p–228p 

6,941 

224p 

Mar 2012 
Oct	2014
–Mar 2015 
Mar 2013
–Mar 2014 
Oct 2014
–Mar 2015

*  The exercise prices and numbers of shares under option have been adjusted to reflect the equity issue in the year.

** T.P. Haywood resigned on 26th November 2010 and as a result his option to purchase shares has lapsed.

The share price as at 30th November 2010 was 135.4p. The highest price during the year was 218.7p and the lowest price was 135.4p.

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42     St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Corporate Governance  Directors’ remuneration report continued

SERVICE CONTRACTS
All of the executive directors have service contracts of no fixed term, with notice periods of 12 months. 

The non-executive directors have Letters of Appointment with notice periods of three months.

No director has any rights to compensation on loss of office (apart from payment in lieu of notice, where appropriate).

Unless	specifically	approved	by	the	Board,	executive	directors	are	not	permitted	to	hold	external	non-executive	directorships.	

The dates of the executive directors’ service contracts are as follows:

W.A.	Oliver	
S.J. Burke 

24th	January	2000
1st January 2006

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION
The remuneration of the directors for the year ended 30th November 2010 was as follows:

Executive 
S.J. Burke  
T.P. Haywood (to 26.11.10) 
W.A.	Oliver	

Non-Executive 
C.C.A. Glossop 
S.W.	Clarke	
M.E. Francis (to 30.9.09) 
R.I. Menzies-Gow 
D.P. Rigg (to 26.3.10) 
C.E. Roshier (to 3.4.09) 
J.H. Salmon 
L. James  
K.	Innes	Ker		
D. Garman (from 19.4.10) 
W.M.F.C.	Shannon	(from	1.11.10)	

Salary/fees 
£’000 

280 
248 
	424	

125 
37	
— 
43 
12 
— 
46 
46 
37	
23 
11	

Annual 
bonus 
£’000 

280 
— 
424	

— 
—	
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—	
— 
—	

1,332 

704 

Total emoluments
excluding pensions
and pension 
contributions

2010 
£’000 

2009
£’000

Benefits 
£’000 

25 
21 
33	

13 
—	
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—	
— 
—	

92 

585 
269 
881 

138 
37 
— 
43 
12 
— 
46 
46 
37 
23 
11 

510
419
823

144
37
38
41
37
15
46
6 
5
—
—

2,128 

2,121

All benefits for the executive directors (comprising mainly the provision of company car, fuel and health insurance) arise from employment with the 
Company, and do not form part of directors’ final pensionable pay. 

The figures above represent emoluments earned during the relevant financial year. Such emoluments are paid in the same financial year with the 
exception of performance related bonuses, which are paid in the year following that in which they are earned. 

Tim Haywood, who was appointed a Director in 2003, resigned on 26th November 2010. According to the terms of his contract of employment, he 
was obliged to give the Company twelve months’ notice, but by mutual consent, he received a payment of £248,230 which comprised one year’s 
basic salary. There were no other payments in relation to the loss of his benefits and his entitlements under the Executive Share Options Scheme and 
Performance	Share	Plan	and	the	option	to	purchase	the	shares	under	the	SAYE	ShareSave	Scheme	have	also	lapsed.	The	amount	paid	has	not	been	
included in the table above. 

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

43

PENSIONS
The Company operates a pension scheme with both defined benefit and defined contribution sections, covering the majority of employees, including 
executive directors. In relation to the defined benefit section, benefits are based on years of credited service and final pensionable pay. The maximum 
pension generally payable under the scheme is two-thirds of final pensionable pay. The defined benefit section of the scheme was closed to new 
members in 1999, and to future accrual in 2009.

Membership of the defined contribution section is available to all permanent employees including executive directors joining the Company after  
6th April 1999. Contributions are invested by an independent investment manager. 

S.J. Burke became a deferred member of the Defined Benefit Section on 1st September 2009.

Contributions made on behalf of the directors amounted to:

W.A.	Oliver	
S.J. Burke  
T.P. Haywood 

2010 
£’000 

21 
14 
12 

2009
£’000

53
 3
31

With	effect	from	1st	September	2009,	Company	contributions	into	the	defined	contribution	section	of	the	plan	were	reduced.	The	Company	
contributions resumed at the full rate on 1st December 2010. 

Further information on the Company’s pension scheme is shown in Note 18 of the financial statements.

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by

L. James
Chairman, Remuneration Committee
4th February 2011

18573   16/02/2011    PROOF 7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
44     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

45

Directors’ Responsibilities Statement 
Independent Group Auditors’ Report 
Group Income Statement 
Group Balance Sheet 
Group Cash Flow Statement 
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income 
Group Statement of Changes in Equity 
Accounting Policies 
Notes to the Accounts 
Company Balance Sheet 
Notes to the Company Accounts 
Independent Company Auditors’ Report 
Five Year Record 
Notice of Annual General Meeting 
Glossary of Terms 
Information for Shareholders 
Development Projects 

46
47
48
49
50
51
51
52
58
79
80
88
89
90
94
95
96

46     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Directors’ Responsibilities Statement

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations. 
Company law requires the directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the directors are required to prepare the 
Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union and Article 4 
of the IAS Regulation and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under company law the directors must not approve the accounts 
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company and of the profit or loss of the Company for that 
period. 

In preparing the parent company financial statements, the directors are required to:

•	 Select	suitable	accounting	policies	and	then	apply	them	consistently;

•	 Make	judgements	and	accounting	estimates	that	are	reasonable	and	prudent;

•	 State	whether	applicable	UK	Accounting	Standards	have	been	followed,	subject	to	any	material	departures	disclosed	and	explained	in	the	financial	

statements;	and

•	 Prepare	the	financial	statements	on	the	going	concern	basis	unless	it	is	inappropriate	to	presume	that	the	Company	will	continue	in	business.

In preparing the Group financial statements, International Accounting Standard 1 requires that directors:

•	 Properly	select	and	apply	accounting	policies;

•	 Present	information,	including	accounting	policies,	in	a	manner	that	provides	relevant,	reliable,	comparable	and	understandable	information;	

•	 Provide	additional	disclosures	when	compliance	with	the	specific	requirements	in	IFRSs	are	insufficient	to	enable	users	to	understand	the	impact	

of	particular	transactions,	other	events	and	conditions	on	the	entity’s	financial	position	and	financial	performance;	and

•	 Make	an	assessment	of	the	Company’s	ability	to	continue	as	a	going	concern.

The	directors	are	responsible	for	keeping	adequate	accounting	records	that	are	sufficient	to	show	and	explain	the	Company’s	transactions	and	
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply 
with	the	Companies	Act	2006.	They	are	also	responsible	for	safeguarding	the	assets	of	the	Company	and	hence	for	taking	reasonable	steps	for	the	
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions.

Each of the persons who is a director at the date of approval of this annual report confirms that:

•	 So	far	as	the	director	is	aware,	there	is	no	relevant	audit	information	of	which	the	Company’s	auditors	are	unaware;	and

•	 The	director	has	taken	all	the	steps	that	he/she	ought	to	have	taken	as	a	director	in	order	to	make	himself/herself	aware	of	any	relevant	audit	

information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of s418 of the Companies Act 2006.

Deloitte	LLP	have	expressed	their	willingness	to	continue	in	office	as	auditors	and	a	resolution	to	reappoint	them	will	be	proposed	at	the	Annual	
General	Meeting.	

Responsibility statement 
We	confirm	that	to	the	best	of	our	knowledge:

•	 The	financial	statements,	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	relevant	financial	reporting	framework,	give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	assets,	liabilities,	

financial	position	and	profit	or	loss	of	the	Company	and	the	undertakings	included	in	the	consolidation	taken	as	a	whole;	and

•	 the	management	report,	which	is	incorporated	into	the	directors’	report,	includes	a	fair	review	of	the	development	and	performance	of	the	business	
and	the	position	of	the	Company	and	the	undertakings	included	in	the	consolidation	taken	as	a	whole,	together	with	a	description	of	the	principal	
risks	and	uncertainties	that	they	face.

By order of the Board

Bill Oliver 
Chief Executive 
4th February 2011

Michael Dunn
Group Finance Director

 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

47

Independent Group Auditors’ Report
to the Members of St. Modwen Properties PLC

We	have	audited	the	Group	financial	statements	of	St.	Modwen	Properties	PLC	for	the	year	ended	30th	November	2010	which	comprise	the	Group	
Income Statement, the Group Balance Sheet, the Group Cash Flow Statement, the Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Group Statement 
of	Changes	in	Equity	and	the	related	Notes	1	to	21.	The	financial	reporting	framework	that	has	been	applied	in	their	preparation	is	applicable	law	
and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union.

This	report	is	made	solely	to	the	Company’s	members,	as	a	body,	in	accordance	with	Chapter	3	of	Part	16	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.	Our	audit	
work	has	been	undertaken	so	that	we	might	state	to	the	Company’s	members	those	matters	we	are	required	to	state	to	them	in	an	auditor’s	report	
and	for	no	other	purpose.	To	the	fullest	extent	permitted	by	law,	we	do	not	accept	or	assume	responsibility	to	anyone	other	than	the	Company	and	the	
Company’s	members	as	a	body,	for	our	audit	work,	for	this	report,	or	for	the	opinions	we	have	formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditor
As	explained	more	fully	in	the	Directors’	Responsibilities	Statement,	the	directors	are	responsible	for	the	preparation	of	the	Group	financial	
statements	and	for	being	satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	view.	Our	responsibility	is	to	audit	and	express	an	opinion	on	the	Group	financial	
statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with 
the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the 
financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting 
policies	are	appropriate	to	the	Group’s	circumstances	and	have	been	consistently	applied	and	adequately	disclosed;	the	reasonableness	of	significant	
accounting	estimates	made	by	the	directors;	and	the	overall	presentation	of	the	financial	statements.

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion the Group financial statements:

•	 give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	of	the	Group’s	affairs	as	at	30th	November	2010	and	of	its	profit	for	the	year	then	ended;

•	 have	been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	IFRSs	as	adopted	by	the	European	Union;	and

•	 have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	and	Article	4	of	the	IAS	Regulation.

Separate opinion in relation to IFRSs as issued by the IASB
As	explained	in	Note	1	to	the	Group	financial	statements,	the	Group	in	addition	to	complying	with	its	legal	obligation	to	apply	IFRSs	as	adopted	by	
the European Union, has also applied IFRSs as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

In our opinion the Group financial statements comply with IFRSs as issued by the IASB.

Opinion on other matter prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the Group financial statements are prepared is consistent 
with the Group financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•	 the	Group	financial	statements	and	the	part	of	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	to	be	audited	are	not	in	agreement	with	the	accounting	records	

and	returns;

•	 certain	disclosures	of	directors’	remuneration	specified	by	law	are	not	made;	or

•	 we	have	not	received	all	the	information	and	explanations	we	require	for	our	audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

•	 the	directors’	statement,	contained	within	the	Corporate	Governance	Statement,	in	relation	to	going	concern;	and

•	 the	part	of	the	Corporate	Governance	Statement	relating	to	the	Company’s	compliance	with	the	nine	provisions	of	the	June	2008	Combined	Code	

specified for our review.

Other matter
We	have	reported	separately	on	the	parent	company	financial	statements	of	St.	Modwen	Properties	PLC	for	the	year	ended	30th	November	2010	and	
the information in the Directors’ Remuneration Report that is described as being audited. 

Stephen Griggs FCA (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor
Birmingham, United Kingdom
4th February 2011

48     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Group Income Statement
for the year ended 30th November 2010

Revenue  

Net	rental	income	
Development	profit/(loss)		
Gains	on	disposal	of	investments/investment	properties		
Investment	property	revaluation	gains/(losses)		
Other	net	income		
Profits/(losses)	of	joint	ventures	and	associates	(post-tax)		
Administrative	expenses		

Profit/(loss) before interest and tax 
Finance cost  
Finance income  

Profit/(loss) before tax 
Tax	credit		 	

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Attributable to:
Equity shareholders of the Company  
Non-controlling	interests		

Basic and diluted profit/(loss) per share  

 Notes  

1  

	1		
	1		

	8		
1		
10		
	3		

 4  
 4  

	5		

Notes 

6 

2010 
 £m  

2009 
 £m 

 121.4 	

	113.7

 26.4  
 12.5	
 2.5  
 23.2 	
 3.1  
 7.4  
 (16.8)	

 58.3		
 (24.0) 
 3.2 	

 37.5  
 0.8 	

 38.3 	

 37.2  
 1.1  

 38.3 	

2010 
 pence  

 18.6		

 26.1
(9.3)
 2.2
(81.7)
 1.8 
(22.9)
(13.9)

(97.7)
 (26.0)
	4.3

(119.4)
	17.7	

(101.7)

(101.1)
(0.6) 

(101.7)

2009
 pence 

(59.7)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
	
	
	
	
	
		
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

Group Balance Sheet
as at 30th November 2010 

Non-current assets
Investment property  
Operating	property,	plant	and	equipment	
Investments	in	joint	ventures	and	associates		
Trade and other receivables   

Current assets
Inventories    
Trade and other receivables    
Cash and cash equivalents     

Current liabilities 
Trade	and	other	payables		
Borrowings   
Tax	payables		

Non-current liabilities
Trade	and	other	payables		
Borrowings   
Deferred	tax		

Net assets 

Capital and reserves
Share	capital		
Share premium account  
Capital redemption reserve     
Retained earnings  
Own	shares				

Shareholders’ equity  
Non-controlling	interests		

Total equity   

49

2009
 £m 

	762.9	
	7.9	
	41.3	
	5.2	

	817.3

	192.7
	47.0
 4.8

	244.5

(139.2)
(0.4)
(7.7)

(147.3)

(188.9)
(323.2)
(1.4)

(513.5)

 401.0

 20.0 
 102.8 
	0.3	
 269.6 
(0.4)

	392.3
	8.7	

 401.0 

 Notes  

 8  
	9		
	10		
 11  

12  
11  

	13		
 14  
	5		

	13		
 14  
	5		

17		

2010 
 £m  

 828.0 	
 7.4		
 49.4 	
 8.2 	

 893.0 	

 171.6 	
 45.3 	
11.3  

 228.2 	

 (133.1)	
 —  
 (9.3)	

 (142.4)	

 (215.1) 
 (326.2)	
 (0.7) 

 (542.0)	

436.8  

 20.0  
 102.8  
 0.3 	
 304.7  
 (0.6) 

427.2 	
 9.6		

 436.8  

These	financial	statements	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	directors	on	4th	February	2011	and	were	signed	on	its	behalf	by	Bill	Oliver	and	 
Michael	Dunn.	

Bill Oliver 
Chief Executive 

Michael Dunn
Group Finance Director

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
		
	
	
	
	
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
	
	
	
	
	
		
  
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
		
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Group Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended 30th November 2010

Operating activities
Profit/(loss)	before	interest	and	tax	
Gains on investment property disposals 
Share	of	(profits)/losses	of	joint	ventures	and	associates	(post-tax)	 	
Investment	property	revaluation	(gains)/losses	
Depreciation 
Impairment losses on inventories 
(Increase)/decrease	in	inventories	
(Increase)/decrease	in	trade	and	other	receivables	 	
Increase/(decrease)	in	trade	and	other	payables	
Share options and share awards 
Pension funding 
Tax	received	

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Investing activities
Investment property disposals 
Investment property additions 
Property, plant and equipment additions 
Cash and cash equivalents acquired with subsidiary 
Interest received 

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities 

Financing activities
Dividends	paid	
Dividends	paid	to	non-controlling	interests	
Interest paid 
Net	proceeds	on	issue	of	share	capital	
New	borrowings	drawn	
Repayment of borrowings 

Net cash outflow from financing activities 

Increase/(decrease)	in	cash	and	cash	equivalents	
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

 Notes  

10	
8	
9 
12 

5	(c)	

7	

 2010  
 £m  

 58.3	
(2.5) 
 (7.4) 
 (23.2)	
 0.7 
 6.1 
(1.6)	
 (12.5) 
 29.0	
 (0.2)	
 — 
 1.7	

 48.4	

 27.5	
 (49.0) 
 (0.3)	
 — 
 0.6 

(21.2)	

 (2.0) 
 (0.2) 
 (21.1)	
 — 
 33.1 
 (30.5)	

 (20.7)	

6.5	
 4.8	

11.3 

 2009
 £m

	(97.7)
 (2.2)
 22.9
	81.7
 1.0
 14.2
	6.5
 0.6
	(13.5)
	(0.3)
 (0.8)
	3.2

	15.6

	31.3
 (28.0)
	(1.5)
 0.4
 1.4

	3.6

 —
 (0.2)
	(17.9)
 101.6
 44.2
	(154.8)

	(27.1)

	(7.9)
	12.7

 4.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
		
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 30th November 2010

Profit/(loss)	for	the	year		
Pension fund:
— actuarial losses  
—	deferred	tax	thereon		

Total comprehensive income for the year  

Attributable to:
— Equity shareholders of the Company  
—	Non-controlling	interests			

Total comprehensive income for the year  

Group Statement of Changes in Equity 
for the two years ended 30th November 2010

51

 2009
 £m

	(101.7)

 (0.8)
 0.2

	(102.3)

	(101.7)
 (0.6)

	(102.3)

 Notes  

18 
18	

 2010  
 £m  

 38.3		

 (0.1) 
—  

 38.2 	

 37.1 	
 1.1  

 38.2 	

 Share  
 capital  
 £m  

 Share  
 premium  
 account  
 £m  

 Capital  
 redemption  
 reserve  
 £m  

 Retained  
 earnings  
 £m  

 Own   Shareholders’  
 equity  
 £m  

 shares  
 £m  

 controlling  
 interest  
 £m  

 Total
 equity
 £m

 Non-

	9.1		

	0.3		

	371.3		

	(0.1)	

 392.7		

	9.5		

	402.2

At	30th	November	2008		
Loss for the year attributable 
to shareholders  
—  
Pension	fund	actuarial	losses	(Note	18)		 —		

	12.1		

Total	comprehensive	income		

Net	shares	acquired		
Dividends paid  
Issue	of	share	capital		

—	

	—		
 —  
	7.9		

At	30th	November	2009		
Profit for the year 
attributable to shareholders    
Pension	fund	actuarial	losses	(Note	18)		

	20.0  

Total comprehensive income   

Net	shares	acquired		
Dividends paid  

—  
 —  

— 

	—  
 —  

 —  
	—		

—	

	—		
 —  
	93.7		

 102.8  

 —  
 —  

— 

 —  
 —  

 —  
	—		

—	

	—		
 —  
	—		

 (101.1) 
	(0.6)	

(101.7)	

	—		
 —  
	—		

 0.3  

 269.6  

 —  
 —  

— 

 —  
 —  

 37.2  
 (0.1) 

37.1 

 —  
 (2.0) 

At 30th November 2010  

 20.0  

 102.8  

 0.3  

 304.7  

 —  
	—		

—	

	(0.3)	
 —  
	—		

 (0.4) 

 —  
 —  

— 

 (0.2) 
 —  

 (0.6) 

 (101.1) 
 (0.6) 

(101.7)	

	(0.3)	
 —  
	101.6  

 392.3  

 37.2  
 (0.1) 

37.1 

 (0.2) 
 (2.0) 

 427.2  

 (0.6) 
 —  

(0.6)	

	—		
 (0.2) 
 —  

 8.7  

 1.1  
 —  

1.1 

 —  
 (0.2) 

 9.6  

 (101.7)
 (0.6)

(102.3)

	(0.3)
 (0.2)
 101.6

 401.0

 38.3
 (0.1)

38.2

 (0.2)
 (2.2)

 436.8

Own	shares	represent	the	cost	of	259,414	(2009:	273,330)	shares	held	by	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust.	The	open	market	value	of	the	shares	held	at	
30th	November	2010	was	£351,246	(2009:	£580,280).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
	
  
	
 
	
	
	
 
 
52     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Accounting Policies
for the year ended 30th November 2010

Basis of preparation
The Group’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the EU as 
they	apply	to	the	Group	for	the	year	ended	30th	November	2010,	applied	in	accordance	with	the	provisions	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.	

The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	on	the	historical	cost	basis	except	for	the	revaluation	of	certain	properties,	derivative	financial	
instruments and the defined benefit section of the Group’s pension scheme.

The Group’s functional currency is pounds sterling and its IFRS accounting policies are set out below.

Basis of consolidation
The	Group	financial	statements	consolidate	the	financial	statements	of	St.	Modwen	Properties	PLC	and	the	entities	it	controls.	Control	comprises	
the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the investee and is achieved through direct or indirect ownership of voting rights or by 
contractual	agreement.	A	list	of	the	principal	entities	controlled	is	given	in	Note	(F)	of	the	Company’s	financial	statements.

VSM	Estates	(Holdings)	Limited	is	50%	owned	by	St.	Modwen	Properties	PLC;	however,	under	the	funding	agreement	the	Group	obtains	the	majority	
of	the	benefits	of	the	entity	and	also	retains	the	majority	of	the	residual	risks.	This	entity	is	therefore	consolidated	in	accordance	with	SIC	12	
“Consolidation — Special Purpose Entities”. 

All entities are consolidated from the date on which the Group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control 
ceases.	All	intra-Group	transactions,	balances,	income	and	expense	are	eliminated	on	consolidation.

Non-controlling	interests	represent	the	portion	of	profit	or	loss	and	net	assets	that	are	not	held	by	the	Group	and	are	presented	separately	within	
equity in the Group balance sheet.

Interests in joint ventures
The	Group	recognises	its	interest	in	joint	ventures	using	the	equity	method	of	accounting.	Under	the	equity	method,	the	interest	in	the	joint	venture	
is	carried	in	the	balance	sheet	at	cost	plus	post-acquisition	changes	in	the	Group’s	share	of	its	net	assets,	less	distributions	received,	less	any	
impairment	in	value	of	individual	investments.	The	income	statement	reflects	the	Group’s	share	of	the	jointly	controlled	entities’	results	after	interest	
and	tax.

Financial	statements	of	jointly	controlled	entities	are	prepared	for	the	same	reporting	period	as	the	Group.	Where	necessary,	adjustments	are	made	to	
bring the accounting policies used into line with those of the Group.

The	Group	statement	of	comprehensive	income	reflects	the	Group’s	share	of	any	income	and	expense	recognised	by	the	jointly	controlled	entities	
outside the income statement.

Interests in associates
The	Group’s	interests	in	its	associates,	being	those	entities	over	which	it	has	significant	influence	and	which	are	neither	subsidiaries	nor	joint	
ventures, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, as described above.

Properties
Investment properties
Investment	properties,	being	freehold	and	leasehold	properties	held	to	earn	rental	income,	for	capital	appreciation	and/or	for	undetermined	future	
use, are carried at fair value following initial recognition at the present value of the consideration payable. To establish fair value, investment 
properties	are	independently	valued	on	the	basis	of	market	value.	Any	surplus	or	deficit	arising	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement	for	the	period.

Once	classified	as	an	investment	property,	a	property	remains	in	this	category	until	development	with	a	view	to	sale	commences,	at	which	point	the	
asset is transferred to inventories at current valuation.

Where an investment property is being redeveloped for continued use as an investment property, the property remains within investment property and 
any movement in valuation is recognised in the income statement.

Investment property disposals are recognised on completion. Profits and losses arising are recognised through the income statement and the profit on 
disposal is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset.

Investment properties are not depreciated.

Inventories
Inventories principally comprise properties held for sale, properties under construction and land under option. All inventories are carried at the lower 
of cost and net realisable value.

Cost comprises land, direct materials and, where applicable, direct labour costs that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present 
location	and	condition.	When	inventory	includes	a	transfer	from	investment	properties,	cost	is	recorded	as	the	book	value	at	the	date	of	transfer.	Net	
realisable	value	represents	the	estimated	selling	price	less	any	further	costs	expected	to	be	incurred	to	completion	and	disposal.

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

53

Operating property, plant and equipment
Operating	property,	plant	and	equipment	is	stated	at	cost	less	accumulated	depreciation	and	accumulated	impairment	losses.	Such	cost	includes	
costs	directly	attributable	to	making	the	asset	capable	of	operating	as	intended.

Depreciation is provided on all operating property, plant and equipment at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual value of each 
asset	evenly	over	its	expected	useful	life	as	follows:

Leasehold	operating	properties	
Plant,	machinery	and	equipment	

	—	over	the	shorter	of	the	lease	term	and	25	years
	—	over	2	to	5	years

Leases
The Group as lessee
Leases	are	classified	as	finance	leases	whenever	the	terms	of	the	lease	transfer	substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	to	the	lessee.	All	
other leases are classified as operating leases.

Non-property	assets	held	under	finance	leases	are	capitalised	at	the	inception	of	the	lease	with	a	corresponding	liability	being	recognised	for	the	fair	
value of the leased asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between the reduction of the 
lease	liability	and	finance	charges	in	the	income	statement	so	as	to	achieve	a	constant	rate	of	interest	on	the	remaining	balance	of	the	liability.	Non-
property assets held under finance leases are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term.

Freehold interests in leasehold investment properties are accounted for as finance leases with the present value of guaranteed minimum ground rents 
included	within	the	carrying	value	of	the	property	and	within	long-term	liabilities.	On	payment	of	a	guaranteed	ground	rent,	virtually	all	of	the	cost	is	
charged to the income statement, as interest payable, and the balance reduces the liability.

Rentals	payable	under	operating	leases	are	charged	in	the	income	statement	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	lease	term.

The Group as lessor
Rental	income	from	operating	leases	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	lease	term.

Income taxes
Current	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	at	the	amount	expected	to	be	recovered	from,	or	paid	to,	the	taxation	authorities,	based	on	tax	rates	
and laws that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

The	tax	currently	payable	is	based	on	the	taxable	result	for	the	year.	The	taxable	result	differs	from	the	result	as	reported	in	the	income	statement	
because	it	excludes	items	of	income	or	expense	that	are	taxable	or	deductible	in	other	years	and	it	further	excludes	items	that	are	never	taxable	or	
deductible.

Deferred	income	tax	is	recognised	on	all	temporary	differences	arising	between	the	tax	bases	of	assets	and	liabilities	and	their	carrying	amounts	in	
the	financial	statements,	using	the	rates	of	tax	expected	to	apply	based	on	legislation	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	
with	the	following	exceptions:

—	 in	respect	of	taxable	temporary	differences	associated	with	investments	in	subsidiaries,	joint	ventures	and	associates,	where	the	timing	of	the	

reversal	of	the	temporary	differences	can	be	controlled	and	it	is	probable	that	the	temporary	differences	will	not	reverse	in	the	foreseeable	future;	
and

—	 deferred	income	tax	assets	are	recognised	only	to	the	extent	that	it	is	probable	that	taxable	profit	will	be	available	against	which	the	deductible	

temporary	differences,	carried	forward	tax	credits	or	tax	losses	can	be	utilised.

Deferred	income	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	measured	on	an	undiscounted	basis	at	the	tax	rates	that	are	expected	to	apply	when	the	related	asset	is	
realised	or	liability	is	settled,	based	on	tax	rates	and	laws	substantively	enacted	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	Deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	are	offset	
when	there	is	a	legally	enforceable	right	to	set	off	current	tax	assets	against	current	tax	liabilities	and	when	they	relate	to	income	taxes	levied	by	the	
same	authority	and	the	Group	intends	to	settle	its	current	tax	assets	and	liabilities	on	a	net	basis.	

Income	tax	is	charged	or	credited	directly	to	equity	if	it	relates	to	items	that	are	credited	or	charged	to	equity.	Otherwise,	income	tax	is	recognised	in	
the income statement.

Pensions
The Group operates a pension scheme with both defined benefit and defined contribution sections. The defined benefit section is closed to new 
members and, from 1st September 2009, to future accrual.

54     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Accounting Policies continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

The	cost	of	providing	benefits	under	the	defined	benefit	section	is	determined	using	the	projected	unit	credit	method,	which	attributes	entitlement	
to benefits to the current period (to determine current service cost) and to the current and prior periods (to determine the present value of defined 
benefit obligation) and is based on actuarial advice. Past service costs are recognised in the income statement immediately if the benefits have 
vested.

The interest element of the defined benefit cost represents the change in present value of scheme obligations resulting from the passage of time 
and	is	determined	by	applying	the	discount	rate	to	the	opening	present	value	of	the	benefit	obligation,	taking	into	account	material	changes	in	the	
obligation	during	the	year.	The	expected	return	on	plan	assets	is	based	on	an	assessment	made	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	of	long-term	market	
returns	on	scheme	assets,	adjusted	for	the	effect	on	the	fair	value	of	plan	assets	of	contributions	received	and	benefits	paid	during	the	year.	The	
difference	between	the	expected	return	on	plan	assets	and	the	interest	cost	is	recognised	in	the	income	statement	as	other	finance	income	or	
expense.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the statement of comprehensive income in the year in which they occur. The defined benefit 
pension asset or liability in the balance sheet comprises the present value of the defined benefit obligation, less any past service cost not yet 
recognised and less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations are to be settled directly.

When a pension asset (net surplus) arises and the directors consider it is controlled by the Company such that future economic benefits will be 
available to the Company, it is carried forward in accordance with the requirements of IFRIC14.

Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognised in the income statement in the year in which they become payable.

Own shares
St.	Modwen	Properties	PLC	shares	held	by	the	Group	are	classified	in	shareholders’	equity	and	are	recognised	at	cost.

Dividends 
Dividends declared after the balance sheet date are not recognised as liabilities at the balance sheet date.

Revenue recognition
Revenue	is	recognised	to	the	extent	that	it	is	probable	that	economic	benefits	will	flow	to	the	Group	and	the	revenue	can	be	reliably	measured.	
Revenue	is	measured	at	the	fair	value	of	the	consideration	received,	excluding	discounts,	rebates,	VAT	and	other	sales	taxes	or	duty.	The	following	
criteria must also be met before revenue is recognised:

Sale of property
Revenue arising from the sale of property is recognised on legal completion of the sale. Where revenue is earned for development of property assets 
not owned, this is recognised when the Group has substantially fulfilled its obligations in respect of the transaction.

Construction contracts
Revenue arising from construction contracts is recognised in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy on construction contracts (see below).

Rental income
Rental	income	arising	from	investment	properties	is	accounted	for	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	lease	term.

Interest income
Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate applicable, which is the rate 
that	exactly	discounts	estimated	future	cash	receipts	over	the	expected	life	of	the	financial	asset	to	that	asset’s	net	carrying	amount.

Dividend income
Dividend	income	from	joint	ventures	is	recognised	when	the	shareholders’	rights	to	receive	payment	have	been	established.

Construction contracts
Where the outcome of a construction contract can be estimated reliably, revenue and costs are recognised by reference to the stage of completion 
of	the	contract	activity	at	the	balance	sheet	date.	The	extent	to	which	the	contract	is	complete	is	determined	by	the	total	costs	incurred	to	date	as	a	
percentage	of	the	total	anticipated	costs	for	the	entire	contract.	Variations	in	contract	work,	claims	and	incentive	payments	are	included	only	to	the	
extent	they	have	been	agreed	with	the	purchaser.

Where	the	outcome	of	a	construction	contract	cannot	be	estimated	reliably,	contract	revenue	is	recognised	only	to	the	extent	of	contract	costs	
incurred	where	it	is	probable	they	will	be	recoverable.	Contract	costs	are	recognised	as	expenses	in	the	period	in	which	they	are	incurred.

When	it	is	probable	that	total	contract	costs	will	exceed	total	contract	revenue,	the	expected	loss	is	recognised	as	an	expense	immediately.

Government grants
Government	grants	relating	to	property	are	treated	as	deferred	income	and	released	to	profit	or	loss	over	the	expected	useful	life	of	the	assets	
concerned.

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

55

Share-based payments
When	employee	share	options	are	exercised	the	employee	has	the	choice	whether	to	have	the	liability	settled	by	way	of	cash	or	the	retention	of	
shares.	As	it	has	been	the	Company’s	experience	to	satisfy	the	majority	of	share	options	in	cash,	and	new	shares	are	not	issued	to	satisfy	employee	
share	option	plans,	the	Group	accounts	for	its	share	option	schemes	as	cash-settled.	The	cost	of	cash-settled	transactions	is	measured	at	fair	value	
using an appropriate option pricing model and amortised through the income statement over the vesting period. The liability is remeasured at each 
balance sheet date. Revisions to the fair value of the accrued liability after the end of the vesting period are recorded in the income statement of the 
year in which they occur.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised on the Group’s balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions 
of	the	instrument.	The	Group	derecognises	a	financial	asset	only	when	the	contractual	rights	to	the	cash	flows	from	the	asset	expire,	or	when	it	
transfers	the	financial	asset	and	substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	of	the	asset	to	another	entity.	If	the	Group	neither	transfers	nor	
retains	substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	and	continues	to	control	the	transferred	asset,	the	Group	recognises	its	retained	interest	
in	the	asset	and	an	associated	liability	for	any	amounts	it	may	have	to	pay.	If	the	Group	retains	substantially	all	the	risks	and	rewards	of	ownership	
of a transferred financial asset, the Group continues to recognise the financial asset and also recognises a collateralised borrowing for the proceeds 
received.	The	Group	derecognises	financial	liabilities	when,	and	only	when,	the	Group’s	obligations	are	discharged,	cancelled,	or	they	expire.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised and carried at the lower of their original invoiced value and recoverable amount. Provision is made when there is 
evidence that the Group will not be able to recover balances in full. Balances are written off when the probability of recovery is assessed as being 
remote.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash	and	cash	equivalents	comprises	cash	balances	and	short-term	deposits	with	banks.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables on deferred payment terms are initially recorded by discounting the nominal amount payable to net present value. The 
discount to nominal value is amortised over the period of the deferred arrangement and charged to finance costs.

Interest bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, loans and borrowings 
are measured at amortised cost.

Gains	and	losses	arising	on	the	repurchase,	settlement	or	otherwise	cancellation	of	liabilities	are	recognised	in	finance	income	or	finance	expense	as	
appropriate.

The effective interest rate method is used to charge interest to the income statement.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging
The	Group	uses	derivative	financial	instruments	such	as	interest	rate	swaps	to	hedge	its	risks	associated	with	interest	rate	fluctuations.	Such	
instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. The 
Group has determined that the derivative financial instruments in use do not qualify for hedge accounting and, consequently, any gains or losses 
arising	from	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	derivatives	are	taken	to	the	income	statement.

Equity instruments
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all its liabilities. Equity instruments 
issued by the Group are recorded at the proceeds received less direct issue costs.

Use of estimates and judgements
To	be	able	to	prepare	accounts	according	to	generally	accepted	accounting	principles,	management	must	make	estimates	and	assumptions	that	
affect	the	asset	and	liability	items	and	revenue	and	expense	amounts	recorded	in	the	financial	accounts.	These	estimates	are	based	on	the	Group’s	
systems	of	internal	control,	historical	experience	and	the	advice	of	external	experts	(including	qualified	professional	valuers	and	actuaries)	together	
with various other assumptions that management and the Board of directors believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of these 
considerations	form	the	basis	for	making	judgements	about	the	carrying	value	of	assets	and	liabilities	that	are	not	readily	available	from	other	
sources.

The	areas	requiring	the	use	of	estimates	and	critical	judgements	that	may	significantly	impact	the	Group’s	earnings	and	financial	position	are:

Going concern The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. This is discussed in the Business Review, under the heading 
‘Financial	Structure’	and	adoption	of	the	going	concern	assumption	is	confirmed	on	page	36.		

Valuation of investment properties	Management	has	used	the	valuation	performed	by	its	independent	valuers	as	the	fair	value	of	its	investment	
properties.	The	valuation	is	performed	according	to	RICS	rules,	using	appropriate	levels	of	professional	judgement	for	the	prevailing	market	
conditions.

56     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Accounting Policies continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

Use of estimates and judgements continued
Net realisable value of inventories The Group has ongoing procedures for assessing the carrying value of inventories and identifying where this is in 
excess	of	net	realisable	value.	Management’s	assessment	of	any	resulting	provision	requirement,	is	where	applicable,	supported	by	independent	
information	supplied	by	the	external	valuers.	The	estimates	and	judgements	used	were	based	on	information	available	at,	and	pertaining	to,	 
30th	November	2010.	Any	subsequent	adverse	changes	in	market	conditions	may	result	in	additional	provisions	being	required.

Estimation of remediation and other costs to complete	for	both	development	and	investment	properties.	In	making	an	assessment	of	these	costs	there	
is inherent uncertainty and the Group has developed systems of internal control to assess and review carrying values and the appropriateness of 
estimates	made.	Any	changes	to	these	estimates	may	impact	the	carrying	values	of	investment	properties	and/or	inventories.

The calculation of deferred tax assets and liabilities	together	with	assessment	of	the	recoverability	of	future	tax	losses.	The	recoverability	of	tax	
losses	has	been	assessed	and	the	accounts	reflect	the	extent	to	which	management	believe	recovery	is	likely	against	latent	gains	and	future	profits	
anticipated to be realised on the Group’s property portfolio.

Calculation of the net present value of pension scheme liabilities In calculating this liability it is necessary for actuarial assumptions to be made, 
including	discount	and	mortality	rates	and	the	long-term	rate	of	return	upon	scheme	assets.	The	Group	engages	a	qualified	actuary	to	assist	with	
determining the assumptions to be made and evaluating these liabilities.

Adoption of New and Revised Standards
Standards affecting the financial statements
In the current year the following new and revised standards and interpretations have been adopted and have affected the amounts reported on the 
disclosures in these financial statements.

IAS1 (revised) Presentation of Financial Statements
IAS1	(revised)	requires	the	production	of	a	statement	of	comprehensive	income	setting	out	all	items	of	income	and	expense	relating	to	non-owner	
changes in equity. There is a choice between presenting comprehensive income in one statement or in two statements comprising an income 
statement and a separate statement of comprehensive income. The Group has elected to present comprehensive income in two statements. In 
addition, IAS1 (revised) requires the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity to be presented as a primary statement. The other revisions to IAS1 
have not had a significant impact on the presentation of the Group’s financial information.

IFRS8 Operating Segments
IFRS8 requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about components of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the 
chief	operating	decision	maker,	which	in	the	case	of	the	Group	is	the	Board,	to	allocate	resources	to	the	segments	and	to	assess	their	performance	
and	is	effective	in	the	EU	for	accounting	periods	beginning	on	or	after	1st	January	2009.	In	contrast,	the	predecessor	Standard	(IAS14	‘Segment	
Reporting’)	required	the	Group	to	identify	two	sets	of	segments	(business	and	geographical),	using	a	risk	and	rewards	approach,	with	the	Group’s	
system	of	internal	financial	reporting	to	key	management	personnel	serving	only	as	the	starting	point	for	the	identification	of	such	segments.	The	
Group’s operating segments, whilst unchanged, are reported in accordance with IFRS8.

IAS23 (revised) Borrowing Costs
IAS23	(revised)	requires	the	capitalisation	of	borrowing	costs	directly	attributable	to	the	acquisition,	construction	or	production	of	a	qualifying	asset	
(one	that	takes	a	substantial	period	of	time	to	get	ready	for	use)	as	part	of	the	cost	of	the	asset.	The	amendment	removes	the	option	of	immediately	
expensing	borrowing	costs	subject	to	an	exemption	for	inventories	manufactured	in	large	numbers	on	a	repetitive	basis.

The	Group	has	evaluated	its	business	processes	and	where	developments	are	considered	to	fall	under	the	requirements	of	IAS23	(revised)	costs	are	
capitalised.	No	interest	was	capitalised	in	the	year	ended	30th	November	2010.	

IFRS2 (revised) Share-based payments
The	amendment	to	IFRS2	requires	non-vesting	conditions	to	be	taken	into	account	in	the	estimate	of	the	fair	value	of	the	equity	instruments.	The	
adoption of the amendment has no impact on the Group’s financial statements.

IFRS7 (amended) Improving disclosures about financial instruments
IFRS7	(amended)	requires	disclosure	of	fair	value	measurement	by	level	of	a	fair	value	measurement	hierarchy.	The	required	disclosures	are	in	 
Note	16	to	the	financial	statements.	

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

57

Standards adopted not affecting the financial statements
In addition the following standards and interpretations have been adopted but have had no impact on the amounts reported or the disclosures in the 
financial statements: 

IAS27	(revised	2008)	Consolidated	and	Separate	financial	statements
IAS32	(amended)/IAS1	(amended)	Puttable	Financial	Instruments	and	Obligations	Arising	on	Liquidation
IAS39	Eligible	Hedged	Items
IFRS1	(amended)/IAS27	(amended)	Cost	of	a	Subsidiary,	Jointly	Controlled	Entity	or	Associate	Payment	Transactions
IFRS3	(revised)	Business	Combinations
IFRIC9	(amended)/IAS39	Embedded	Derivatives
IFRIC15	Agreements	for	the	Construction	of	Real	Estate	
IFRIC17	Distributions	of	Non-Cash	Assets	to	Owners
IFRIC18 Transfer of Assets from Customers  

Impact of standards and interpretations in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations which have not been applied in these financial 
statements were in issue and endorsed by the EU but not yet effective:

IAS24 (revised 2009) Related Party Disclosures
IAS32	(amended	2009)	Classification	of	Rights	Issues
IFRS1	(amended	2009)	Additional	Exemptions	for	First-time	Adopters
IFRS1	(amended	2010)	Limited	Exemption	from	Comparative	IFRS7	Disclosures	for	First-time	Adopters
IFRS2	(amended	2009)	Group	Cash-settled	Share-based	Payment	Transactions
IFRIC14	(amended	2009)	Prepayments	of	a	Minimum	Funding	Requirement
IFRIC19	Extinguishing	Financial	Liabilities	with	Equity	Instruments

In	addition,	Improvements	to	IFRSs,	issued	in	April	2009,	is	the	most	recent	tranche	of	the	Improvements	to	IFRS	project	endorsed	by	the	EU	and	
has	a	number	of	minor	amendments	to	existing	IAS	and	IFRS	which	have	not	yet	been	implemented.

The directors anticipate that the adoption of these standards and interpretations in future periods will have no material impact on the financial 
statements of the Group.

58     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Accounts
for the year ended 30th November 2010

1.   ReveNUe AND GROSS PROFIT

Revenue  
Cost of sales  

Gross profit  

Revenue		
Cost	of	sales		

Gross	profit	/(loss)	

 Rental  
 £m  

 Development  
 £m  

35.1  
 (8.7) 

 26.4  

 79.9  
 (67.4) 

 12.5  

	Rental		 	Development		
 £m  

£m  

	34.3		
	(8.2)	

	26.1		

	74.5		
	(83.8)	

	(9.3)	

 2010

 2009

 Other  
 £m  

 6.4  
 (3.3) 

 3.1  

	Other		
 £m  

	4.9		
	(3.1)	

	1.8		

 Total 
 £m 

 121.4 
(79.4)

 42.0 

	Total	
 £m 

	113.7
(95.1)

	18.6

The	Group	operates	exclusively	in	the	UK	and	all	of	its	revenues	derive	from	its	portfolio	of	properties	which	the	Group	manages	as	one	business.	
Therefore, the financial statements and related notes represent the results and financial position of the Group’s sole business segment.

The	Group’s	total	revenue	for	2010	was	£129.1m	(2009:	£122.7m)	and	in	addition	to	the	amounts	above	included	service	charge	income	of	£6.9m	
(2009:	£6.1m),	for	which	there	was	an	equivalent	expense,	and	interest	income	of	£0.8m	(2009:	£2.9m).

Cost	of	sales	in	respect	of	rental	income	as	disclosed	above	comprise	direct	operating	expenses	(including	repairs	and	maintenance)	related	to	the	
investment property portfolio and include £0.2m (2009: £0.2m) in respect of properties that did not generate any rental income.

During the year the following amounts were recognised (as part of development revenue and cost of sales) in respect of construction contracts:

Revenue  
Cost of sales  

Gross profit  

 2010  
 £m  

 63.8 	
 (50.8)	

 13.0  

 2009 
 £m 

	27.7
(25.3)

 2.4

Amounts	recoverable	on	contracts	as	disclosed	in	Note	11	comprise	£11.6m	(2009:	£0.9m)	of	contract	revenue	recognised	and	£1.2m	(2009:	 
£1.4m) of retentions.

Amounts due to customers of £nil (2009: £nil) were included in trade and other payables in respect of contracts in progress at the balance sheet date.

2.   NON-STATUTORy INFORMATION
a. Trading profit
The	non-statutory	measure	of	trading	profit,	which	includes	the	Group’s	share	of	joint	ventures	and	associates,	has	been	calculated	as	set	out	below:

Net	rental	income	
Development profit 
Gains/(losses)	on	disposal	of	
investments/investment	properties	
Other	income	
Administrative	expenses	
Finance costs 
Finance	income	

Trading profit 

2010 
Joint ventures	
Group  and associates 
£m 

£m 

26.4 
18.6 

2.5 
3.1  
 (16.8) 
 (20.0) 
0.6  

 14.4  

7.3 
0.3 

0.5 
 — 
(0.3) 
(4.8) 
 — 

 3.0 

2009

	 Joint	ventures
Group  and associates 
£m 

£m 

26.1	
4.9	

2.2 
1.8 
(13.9)	
(17.5)	
0.3	

3.9	

7.4	
0.6	

(0.1) 
— 
(0.2)	
(3.4)	
0.2	

4.5	

Total 
£m 

33.7	
18.9	

3.0 
3.1 
(17.1)	
(24.8)	
0.6	

17.4	

Total
£m

33.5
5.5

2.1
1.8
(14.1)
(20.9)
0.5

8.4

Notes 

(1) 

(2) 
(3)	

(1)	 Stated	before	the	deduction	of	net	realisable	value	provisions	of:	Group	£6.1m	(2009:	£14.2m);	Joint	ventures	and	associates	£0.3m	 

(2009: £1.6m).

(2)		Stated	before	mark-to-market	of	derivatives	and	other	non-cash	items	of:	Group	£4.0m	(2009:	£8.5m);	Joint	ventures	and	associates	£0.8m	

(2009: £1.8m).

(3)		Stated	before	mark-to-market	of	derivatives	and	other	non-cash	items	of:	Group	£2.6m	(2009:	£4.0m);	Joint	ventures	and	associates	£nil	 

(2009: £nil).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
		
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

59

2.   NON-STATUTORy INFORMATION CONTINUED
b. Property valuation gains/(losses)
Property	valuations,	including	the	Group’s	share	of	joint	ventures	and	associates,	have	been	calculated	as	set	out	below:

Investment	property	revaluation	gains/(losses)	
Net	realisable	value	provisions	

Property	valuation	gains/(losses)	

c. Movement in net debt

Movement	in	cash	and	cash	equivalents	
Borrowings drawn 
Repayment of borrowings 

Movement	in	net	debt	

2010 
Joint ventures  
Group  and Associates  
£m 

£m 

23.2 
(6.1) 

17.1 

6.2 
(0.3) 

5.9 

Total  
£m 

29.4	
(6.4)	

23.0	

2009

  Joint	Ventures

 Group  and Associates  
£m 

£m  

(81.7)	
(14.2)	

(95.9)	

(24.8)	
(1.6)	

(26.4)	

2010 
£m 

6.5	
(33.1) 
30.5	

 3.9 	

d. Trading cash flow
Trading cash flows are derived from the Group cash flow statement as set out below:

 Total   
£m

(106.5)
(15.8)

(122.3)

2009
£m

(7.9)
(44.2)
	154.8

	102.7

Total
£m

26.4
 92.9
(30.5)
(80.1)
 33.9
(36.5)

 6.1

 0.4

6.5

Total
£m

	26.1	
	100.9	
(12.9)
(79.7)
(6.3)
(27.0)

1.1

(9.0) 

(7.9)

2010

Operating  
activities 
£m 

Investing 
activities 
£m 

Financing
activities 
£m 

26.4 
65.4 
 (6.4)  
(54.9) 
33.9 
(16.0) 

 48.4 

 —  

48.4  

 —  
27.5 
(24.1) 
(25.2) 
 —  
0.6 

 (21.2) 

 —  

(21.2)  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
(21.1) 

 (21.1)  

0.4 

(20.7) 

2009

Operating		
activities 
£m 

Investing	
activities 
£m 

Financing
activities 
£m 

	26.1	
69.6		
 —  
	(63.1)	
	(6.5)		
	(10.5)	

	15.6		

 —  

	15.6		

	—		
	31.3		
 (12.9) 
	(16.6)	
0.2			
1.4	

3.4	

 0.2  

3.6	

	—		
	—		
 —  
	—		
	—		
(17.9)	

(17.9)	

 (9.2) 

(27.1)	

Total equity 

2010 

2009 

Shareholders’ Equity
2009
2010 

 436.8  

 401.0  
200,360,931	 200,360,931	

 427.2 	

	392.3
200,360,931	 200,360,931

 218.0  

8.9% 

 200.1  

 213.2 	

	195.8

8.9%

Net	rent	
Property disposals 
Property acquisitions 
Property	expenditure	
Working	capital	and	other	movements	
Overheads,	interest	and	tax	 		

Trading cash flow 

Non-trading cash flows 

Movement in cash and cash equivalents 

Net	rent	
Property	disposals	
Property acquisitions 
Property	expenditure	
Working	capital	and	other	movements	
Overheads,	interest	and	tax	 	

Trading	cash	flow	

Non-trading cash flows 

Movement in cash and cash equivalents	

e. Net assets per share

Net	assets	(£m)	
Shares in issue (number) 

Net	assets	per	share	(pence)	

Percentage increase 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
		
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
		
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

3.   OTheR INCOMe STATeMeNT DISCLOSUReS
a. Administrative expenses
Administrative	expenses	have	been	arrived	at	after	charging:

Depreciation 
Operating	lease	costs	

b. Auditors’ remuneration
The analysis of auditors’ remuneration is as follows:

Fees payable for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts 
The	audit	of	subsidiary	companies	and	joint	ventures	pursuant	to	legislation	

Total audit fees 

Other	services	pursuant	to	legislation	
Tax	services		

Total	non-audit	fees	

Total fees 

2010 
£m 

0.7 
1.0 

2009
£m

1.0
1.1

2010  
£’000 

2009
£’000

112	
112 

224 

51	
460 

511	

735 

107
112

219

309
284

593

812

The	above	amounts	include	all	amounts	charged	in	respect	of	joint	venture	undertakings.	Other	services	pursuant	to	legislation	for	2009	included	
£259,000	in	relation	to	the	Firm	Placing	and	Placing	and	Open	Offer.

c. employees
The	average	number	of	full-time	employees	(including	executive	directors)	employed	by	the	Group	during	the	year	was	as	follows:

Property 
Leisure and other activities   
Administration 

The total payroll costs of these employees were:

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs 

Details of the directors’ remuneration is given in the directors’ remuneration report.

2010 
Number 

2009
Number

125	
64 
39 

228 

2010 
£m 

9.9 
1.2 
0.3	

11.4 

127
61
40

228

2009
£m

9.1
1.1
0.7

10.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

61

3.   OTheR INCOMe STATeMeNT DISCLOSUReS CONTINUED
d. Share-based payments
The Group has a save as you earn share option scheme open to all employees. Employees must remain in service for a period of five years from  
the	date	of	grant	before	exercising	their	options.	The	option	period	ends	six	months	following	the	end	of	the	vesting	period.	The	Group	also	has	an	
executive	share	option	scheme	and	performance	share	plan	(PSP),	full	details	of	which	are	given	in	the	directors’	remuneration	report.

The	following	table	illustrates	the	movements	in	share	options	during	the	year.	As	the	PSP	includes	the	grant	of	options	at	£nil	exercise	price,	the	
weighted	average	prices	below	are	calculated	including	and	excluding	the	options	under	this	plan.	

2010 
Weighted average price 

2009
Weighted average price

Number of  
options 

All options 
£ 

excluding 
PSP £ 

Number	of	
options 

All	options	
£ 

Excluding 
PSP £

Outstanding	at	start	of	year	 	
Re-basing	of	options	following	issue	of	share	capital	
Granted 
Forfeited 
Lapsed 
Exercised	

Outstanding	at	end	of	year	 	

Exercisable	at	year	end	

6,459,991 
—  
2,603,001 
(29,143) 
(2,548,328) 
(25,960) 

6,459,561 

1,068,363 

2.00 
 —  
1.46 
 (2.99)  
 (2.30)  
(1.25) 

 1.66 

2.77  

2.46	
 — 	
1.78	
(2.99) 	
(2.92) 	
(1.25) 	

4,920,691	
716,635	
2,815,046	
(535,265)	
(513,700)	
(943,416)	

2.01 	

6,459,991	

2.77	

1,144,467	

2.88		
	(0.39)	
	1.42		
	(3.28)	
	(4.78)	
	(1.08)	

	2.00		

	2.70		

Share	options	are	priced	using	a	Black–Scholes	valuation	model.	The	fair	values	calculated	and	the	assumptions	used	are	as	follows:

As at 30th November 2010 

As	at	30th	November	2009		

* Based on 90 day moving average.

  (Credit)/charge	
	to	income		
statement 
£m	

	Risk-free		
interest rate 
%	

Expected	
volatility 
%	

(0.2) 

0.6	

0.7–2.4 

54.4–67.5 

0.1–2.2	

0.1–80.2	

Dividend	
yield 
%	

1.8 

—	

	3.17
(0.44)
	1.86
(3.28)
(4.78)
(1.08)

	2.46

	2.70

Share
price
£*

1.65

2.28

The fair value of the balance sheet liability in respect of share options outstanding at the year end was £1.8m (2009: £1.8m) and included £1.1m 
(2009: £0.9m) in respect of options that had vested at the year end. 

In	arriving	at	fair	value	it	has	been	assumed	that,	when	vested,	shares	options	are	exercised	in	accordance	with	historical	trends.	Expected	volatility	
was	determined	by	reference	to	the	historical	volatility	of	the	Group’s	share	price	over	a	period	consistent	with	the	expected	life	of	the	options.

The	weighted	average	share	price	at	the	date	of	exercise	was	£1.94	(2009:	£2.25).	The	executive	share	options	outstanding	at	the	year	end	had	a	
range	of	exercise	prices	between	97p	and	410p	(2009:	97p	and	456p)	with	PSP	options	exercisable	at	£nil	(2009:	£nil).	Outstanding	options	had	a	
weighted	average	maximum	remaining	contractual	life	of	8.1	years	(2009:	6.5	years).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
62     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

4.   FINANCe COST AND FINANCe INCOMe

Interest payable on borrowings 
Amortisation of loan arrangement fees 
Amortisation of discount on deferred payment arrangements 
Head	rents	treated	as	finance	leases	
Movement	in	fair	value	of	interest	rate	derivatives	 		
Interest	on	pension	scheme	liabilities	(Note	18)	

Total finance cost 

2010 
£m 

 (19.8)	
 (1.0)	
 (1.6)	
 (0.2) 
— 	
 (1.4) 

 (24.0) 

2009
£m

(17.3)
(0.7)
(1.7)
(0.2)
(4.7)
(1.4)

(26.0)

The finance cost on interest rate derivatives derives from financial liabilities held at fair value through profit or loss. All other finance costs derive from 
financial liabilities measured at amortised cost.

Interest receivable on cash deposits 
Credit in respect of discount on deferred receivables 
Movement	in	fair	value	of	interest	rate	derivatives	 		
Expected	return	on	pension	scheme	assets	(Note	18)	

Total finance income 

5.   TAxATION
a. Tax on profit/(loss) on ordinary activities

Tax	(credit)/charge	in	the	income	statement
Corporation tax
Current	year	tax	
Adjustments	in	respect	of	previous	years	

Deferred tax
Reversal of temporary differences 
Impact	of	current	year	revaluations	and	indexation			
Impact	of	tax	losses	
Adjustments	in	respect	of	previous	years	

Total	tax	credit	in	the	income	statement	

Tax	relating	to	items	charged	to	equity
Deferred tax
Actuarial losses on pension schemes 

Tax	credit	in	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income		

2010 
£m 

0.6 
 0.2 	
0.9  
1.5 

 3.2 	

2009
£m

 1.4 
	1.5	
 — 
 1.4 

	4.3	

2010 
£m 

2009
£m

 —  
 (0.1) 

 (0.1) 

 (1.0) 
(1.9)		
1.7 
0.5  

 (0.7)	

(0.8)	

 —  

 —  

 —
(1.2)

(1.2)

 4.1
(17.9)
(2.1)
(0.6)

(16.5)

(17.7)

(0.2)

(0.2)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

5.   TAxATION CONTINUED
b. Reconciliation of effective tax rate

Profit/(loss)	before	tax	
Less:	Joint	ventures	and	associates	

Pre-tax	profit/(loss)	attributable	to	the	Group	

Corporation	tax	at	28%	(2009:	28%)	
Permanent differences 
Short-term	timing	differences	
Impact	of	current	year	revaluations	and	indexation			
Difference between chargeable gains and accounting profit 
Utilisation	of	tax	losses	not	previously	recognised	 	
Deferred	tax	asset	not	recognised	

Current year credit 
Adjustments	in	respect	of	previous	years	

Effective	rate	of	tax	

63

2009
£m

(119.4)
 22.9 

(96.5)

(27.0)
(0.3)
—
	5.0
(1.2)
 —
7.6

(15.9)
(1.8)

(17.7)

18%

2010 
£m 

 37.5  
 (7.4) 

30.1 	

 8.4 	
(0.6)	
 (0.9) 
(9.1)	
 6.9 
(5.9) 
 — 	

 (1.2)	
 0.4  

 (0.8)	

(3%)	

The	post-tax	results	of	joint	ventures	and	associates	are	stated	after	a	tax	charge	of	£0.7m	(2009:	£0.8m	credit).	The	effective	tax	rate	for	the	Group	
including	joint	ventures	and	associates	is	a	credit	of	0.5%	(2009:	15.4%).

The	Finance	(No	2)	Act	2010	was	enacted	on	21st	July	2010	which	reduced	the	main	rate	of	corporation	tax	to	27%	from	1st	April	2011.	Further	
reductions	to	the	main	rate	are	proposed	to	reduce	the	rate	by	1%	per	annum	to	24%	by	1st	April	2014.	This	has	not	been	enacted	at	the	balance	
sheet date and, therefore, is not included in these financial statements. 

The	proposed	reductions	of	the	main	rate	of	corporation	tax	by	1%	per	year	to	24%	by	1st	April	2014	are	expected	to	be	enacted	separately	each	year.	
If	the	deferred	tax	assets	and	liabilities	of	the	Group	were	all	to	reverse	after	2014,	the	effect	of	the	changes	from	27%	to	24%	would	be	to	reduce	the	
net	deferred	tax	liability	by	£0.1m.

c. Balance sheet

Balance at start of the year    
Credit to the income statement 
Credit directly to equity 
Net	refund	 	

Balance at end of the year 

An	analysis	of	the	deferred	tax	provided	by	the	Group	is	given	below:

Property revaluations 
Capital allowances 
Appropriations	to	trading	stock	
Unutilised	tax	losses	
Other	temporary	differences		

Asset 
£m 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 (5.3) 
(3.4) 

(8.7) 

2010 
Liability 
£m 

 4.1  
 4.7  
 0.6  
 —  
 —  

 9.4  

2010 

2009

Corporation 
tax 
£m 

Deferred 
tax 
£m 

Corporation 
tax	
£m 

Deferred
tax
£m

7.7  
 (0.1) 
 —  
	1.7  

9.3  

Net 
£m 

 4.1 	
 4.7 	
 0.6  
 (5.3)	
 (3.4) 

 0.7 	

 1.4 	
 (0.7)	
 —  
 — 	

 0.7 	

Asset	
£m 

	—		
	—		
 —  
	(13.2)	
 (4.2) 

	(17.4)	

	5.7		
	(1.2)	
 —  
	3.2		

	7.7		

2009

Liability	
£m 

	13.3		
	4.7		
 0.8  
	—		
 —  

	18.8		

	18.1
(16.5)
(0.2)
	—

	1.4

Net
£m

	13.3
	4.7
 0.8
(13.2)
(4.2)

	1.4	

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
  
 
  
 
 
 
64     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

5.   TAxATION CONTINUED
At the balance sheet date, the Group has:
—	 unused	tax	losses	in	relation	to	2010	and	prior	years	of	£6.6m	(2009:	£17.5m),	of	which	£5.3m	(2009:	£9.9m)	has	been	recognised	as	a	 

deferred	tax	asset;	and

—	 deductions	of	£nil	(2009:	£3.3m)	that	will	be	available	in	subsidiary	companies	in	future	periods	and	have	been	recognised	in	full	as	a	deferred	 

tax	asset.

A	deferred	tax	asset	has	been	recognised	on	the	basis	that	the	losses	or	deductions	will	shelter	the	latent	gains	anticipated	to	be	realised	on	the	
Group’s	property	portfolio	including	those	reflected	in	the	deferred	tax	liability	for	property	revaluations	and	future	trading	losses.

A	deferred	tax	asset	of	£1.3m	(2009:	£7.6m)	has	not	been	recognised	in	respect	of	current	and	prior	year	tax	losses	as	it	is	not	considered	certain	 
that	there	will	be	taxable	profits	available	in	the	short-term	against	which	these	can	be	offset.	

d. Factors that may affect future tax charges
Based	on	current	capital	investment	plans,	the	Group	expects	to	be	able	to	continue	to	claim	capital	allowances	in	excess	of	depreciation	in	 
future years.

The	benefits	of	any	tax	planning	are	not	recognised	by	the	Group	until	the	outcome	is	reasonably	certain.

6.   eARNINGS PeR ShARe
The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is set out below:

Weighted number of shares in issue 
Weighted number of dilutive shares 

Profit/(loss)	attributable	to	equity	shareholders	(basic	and	diluted)	 	

Basic	and	diluted	profit/(loss)	per	share	

Shares	held	by	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust	are	excluded	from	the	above	calculations.

2010 
Number of 
shares 

2009
Number	of
shares*

200,098,045	 169,276,058
 —

 346,115  

200,444,160	 169,276,058

2010 
£m 

37.2 

2010 
pence 

18.6	

2009
£m

(101.1)

2009
pence

(59.7)

The	Group’s	share	options	are	accounted	for	as	cash-settled	share-based	payments.	In	calculating	diluted	earnings	per	share,	earnings	have	been	
adjusted	for	changes	which	would	have	resulted	from	share	options	being	classified	as	equity-settled.	Where	applicable,	the	number	of	shares	 
included	in	the	calculation	has	also	been	adjusted	accordingly.	

*  In 2009 the Group undertook a Firm Placing and Placing and Open Offer resulting in the issue of 79,586,977 shares on 8th June 2009. The number of shares in issue used in the above calculation for 2009 reflects the lower number of shares in issue 

through to the date of the Firm Placing and Placing and Open Offer.

7.   DIvIDeNDS
Dividends	paid	during	the	year	were	in	respect	of	the	interim	dividend	for	2010.	The	proposed	final	dividend	is	subject	to	approval	at	the	Annual	
General	Meeting	and	has	not	been	included	as	a	liability	in	these	financial	statements.

Paid
Final dividend in respect of previous year 
Interim dividend in respect of current year 

Total 

Proposed
Current year final dividend    

The Employee Benefit Trust waives its entitlement to dividends.

2010 

2009

p per share 

£m 

p per share 

 —  
 1.0  

 1.0  

2.0  

 —  
 2.0  

 2.0  

 4.0  

 —  
 —  

 —  

 —  

£m

 —
 —

 —

 —

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

65

8.   INveSTMeNT PROPeRTy

Fair value
At	30th	November	2008		
Additions	—	new	properties			
Other	additions		
Net	transfers	from/(to)	inventories	(Note	12)		
Disposals    
Deficit	on	revaluation		

At	30th	November	2009		
Additions	—	new	properties			
Other	additions		
Net	transfers	from	inventories	(Note	12)		
Transfer	on	acquisition	of	residual	freehold	
Disposals    
Gain	on	revaluation		

At 30th November 2010  

Freehold 
investment 
properties 
£m 

Leasehold
investment
properties 
£m 

	467.1		
15.2		
	13.8		
	15.4		
 (10.0) 
	(45.6)	

	455.9		
23.8		
	9.8		
	13.0		
3.3		
 (8.9) 
	10.4		

 507.3  

	347.2		
	—		
	6.0		
	(0.7)	
 (9.4) 
	(36.1)	

	307.0		
	—		
	15.4		
	0.8		
	(3.3)	
 (12.0) 
	12.8		

 320.7  

Total
£m

	814.3
	15.2
	19.8
	14.7
(19.4)
(81.7)

	762.9
	23.8
	25.2
	13.8
	—
(20.9)
	23.2

 828.0

Investment	properties	were	valued	at	30th	November	2010	and	2009	by	King	Sturge	LLP,	Chartered	Surveyors,	in	accordance	with	the	Appraisal	
and	Valuation	Manual	of	the	Royal	Institution	of	Chartered	Surveyors,	on	the	basis	of	market	value.	King	Sturge	LLP	are	professionally	qualified	
independent	external	valuers	and	have	recent	experience	in	the	relevant	location	and	category	of	the	properties	being	valued.

The	historical	cost	of	investment	properties	at	30th	November	2010	was	£754.9m	(2009:	£717.7m).

As	at	30th	November	2010,	£709.4m	(2009:	£669.2m)	of	investment	property	was	pledged	as	security	for	the	Group’s	loan	facilities.

Included	within	leasehold	investment	properties	are	£3.9m	(2009:	£3.9m)	of	assets	held	under	finance	leases.

9.   OPeRATING PROPeRTy, PLANT AND eqUIPMeNT

Cost
At	30th	November	2008	
Additions 
Disposals	

At	30th	November	2009	
Additions	
Disposals	

At 30th November 2010 

Depreciation
At	30th	November	2008	
Charge for the year 
Disposals	

At	30th	November	2009	
Charge	for	the	year	
Disposals 

At 30th November 2010 

Net book value
At	30th	November	2008	

At	30th	November	2009	

At 30th November 2010 

Operating
plant
and
equipment 
£m 

Operating	
properties 
£m 

	2.6		
 4.4  
	(0.1)	

6.9		
—		
	—		

 6.9  

	0.4		
 0.1  
—		

	0.5		
	0.1		
 —  

 0.6  

	2.2		

	6.4		

 6.3  

	5.0		
 0.4  
	(0.6)	

	4.8		
	0.3		
	(0.3)	

 4.8  

	2.9		
 0.9  
	(0.5)	

	3.3		
	0.6		
 (0.2) 

 3.7  

	2.1		

	1.5		

 1.1  

Total
£m

	7.6	
 4.8 
(0.7)

	11.7	
	0.3	
(0.3)

 11.7 

	3.3	
 1.0 
(0.5)

	3.8	
	0.7	
(0.2)

 4.3 

	4.3	

	7.9	

 7.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
66     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

9.   OPeRATING PROPeRTy, PLANT AND eqUIPMeNT CONTINUED
Tenure of operating properties:

Freehold 
Leasehold 

2010 
£m 

 3.6 	
 2.7  

 6.3  

2009
£m

	3.6
 2.8 

 6.4

10.  JOINT veNTUReS AND ASSOCIATeS
The	Group’s	share	of	the	trading	results	for	the	year	of	its	joint	ventures	and	associates	is:

Key Property 
Investments 
Limited 
 £m  

2010 
Other joint 
ventures and  
associates 
 £m  

2009

  Key	Property	
Investments 
Limited 
 £m  

Total 
 £m  

Other	joint
ventures and
associates 
 £m  

Income statements
Revenue  

Net	rental	income		
Development	profit/(loss)		
Gains/(losses)	on	disposals	of	investment	properties		
Investment	property	revaluation	gains/(losses)		
Administrative	expenses		

Profit/(loss)	before	interest	and	tax		
Finance cost  
Finance income  

Profit/(loss)	before	tax		
Taxation		

Profit/(loss)	for	the	year		

 14.4  

 6.6  
 —  
0.4  
 6.2  
 (0.2) 

13.0  
 (4.4) 
 —  

 8.6  
 (0.3) 

 8.3  

 4.4  

 0.7  
 —  
 0.1  
 —  
 (0.1) 

 0.7  
 (1.2) 
 —  

 (0.5) 
 (0.4) 

 (0.9) 

 18.8 	

 7.3 	
 —  
 0.5  
 6.2  
 (0.3) 

 13.7 	
 (5.6)	
 —  

 8.1 	
 (0.7) 

 7.4  

	25.9		

	7.2		
 (1.0) 
 (0.1) 
 (24.4) 
 (0.1) 

	(18.4)	
	(4.5)	
 0.2  

	(22.7)	
 0.6  

 (22.1) 

	1.2		

	0.2		
 —  
 —  
 (0.4) 
 (0.1) 

	(0.3)	
	(0.7)	
 —  

	(1.0)	
 0.2  

 (0.8) 

Included	in	other	joint	ventures	and	associates	above	are	profits	from	associated	companies	of	£0.3m	(2009:	£0.2m	losses).

The	Group’s	share	of	the	balance	sheet	of	its	joint	ventures	and	associates	is:

Balance Sheets
Non-current	assets	
Current assets 
Current liabilities 
Non-current	liabilities	

Net	assets	 	

Equity at start of year 
Transfer	from	joint	venture	to	subsidiary	undertaking	
Profit/(loss)	for	the	year	

Equity at end of year 

Key Property 
Investments 
Limited 
 £m  

2010 
Other joint 
ventures and  
associates 
 £m  

2009

  Key	Property	
Investments 
Limited 
 £m  

Total 
 £m  

Other	joint
ventures and
associates 
 £m  

 119.5  
 11.7  
 (11.9) 
 (74.9) 

 44.4  

36.1 
 —  
 8.3  

 44.4  

 20.8  
 14.5  
 (10.1) 
 (20.2) 

 5.0  

 5.2  
 0.7  
 (0.9) 

 5.0  

 140.3 	
 26.2 	
 (22.0) 
 (95.1)	

 49.4 	

 41.3 	
 0.7  
 7.4  

 49.4 	

	116.7		
	13.6		
 (12.0) 
	(82.2)	

	36.1		

58.2	
 —  
 (22.1) 

36.1	

	15.9		
	18.9		
 (6.4) 
	(23.2)	

	5.2		

	6.0		
 —  
 (0.8) 

5.2	

Total
 £m 

	27.1

	7.4
(1.0)
(0.1)
(24.8)
(0.2)

(18.7)
(5.2)
 0.2

(23.7)
 0.8

(22.9)

Total
 £m 

	132.6
	32.5
(18.4)
(105.4)

	41.3

	64.2
 —
(22.9)

	41.3

Included	in	other	joint	ventures	and	associates	above	are	net	assets	of	£2.7m	(2009:	£2.4m)	in	relation	to	associated	companies.	These	net	assets	
comprise	total	assets	of	£3.9m	(2009:	£3.6m)	and	total	liabilities	of	£1.2m	(2009:	£1.2m).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
  
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

67

10.  JOINT veNTUReS AND ASSOCIATeS CONTINUED
Joint venture companies and associates comprise: 

Name	

Key	Property	Investments	Limited	
Barton	Business	Park	Limited	
Sowcrest	Limited	
Holaw	(462)	Limited	
Skypark	Development	Partnership	LLP	
Chertsey	Road	Properties	Limited	
St.	Modwen	Hungerford	Limited	
Coed	Darcy	Limited	
Baglan	Bay	Company	Limited	

Status	

Interest	

Activity

Joint	venture	
Joint	venture	
Joint	venture	
Joint	venture	
Joint	venture	
Joint	venture	
Joint	venture	
Associate	
Associate	

50%	
50%	
50%	
50%	
50%	
50%	
50%	
49%	
25%	

Property	investment	and	development
Property	development
Property	investment	and	development
Property	investment
Property	development
Property	investment
Property	development
Property	investment	and	development
Property	management

Many	of	the	joint	ventures	and	associates	contain	change	of	control	provisions,	as	is	common	for	such	arrangements.

On	1st	June	2010	the	Group	increased	its	shareholding	in	Shaw	Park	Developments	Limited	to	100%.	No	goodwill	arose	on	increasing	the	stake	of	the	
Group in the entity, which is now accounted for as a subsidiary.

11.  TRADe AND OTheR ReCeIvABLeS

Non-current
Other	debtors	

Current
Trade receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 
Other	debtors	
Amounts recoverable on contracts 
Amounts	due	from	joint	ventures	

IFRS7	disclosures	in	respect	of	financial	assets	included	above	are	provided	in	Note	16.

12.  INveNTORIeS

Properties held for sale 
Properties under construction 
Land under option 

The	movement	in	inventories	during	the	two	years	ended	30th	November	2010	is	as	follows:

At	30th	November	2008	
Additions	
Net	transfers	to	investment	property	(Note	8)	
Disposals	(transferred	to	development	cost	of	sales)	(Note	1)	

At	30th	November	2009	
Additions 
Net	transfers	to	investment	property	(Note	8)	
Disposals	(transferred	to	development	cost	of	sales)	(Note	1)	

At 30th November 2010 

2010 
£m 

 8.2 	

2.3	
7.3	
10.2 
12.8	
12.7	

45.3	

2010 
£m 

 37.6 	
 112.6 	
 21.4  

 171.6 	

2009
£m

5.2

6.7
7.9
24.4
2.3
5.7

47.0

2009
£m

	55.2	
	115.3
 22.2

	192.7

£m

228.1
63.1
(14.7)
(83.8)

192.7
 60.1 
(13.8)
(67.4)

171.6

The directors consider all inventories to be current in nature. The operational cycle is such that a proportion of inventories will not be realised  
within	12	months.	It	is	not	possible	to	determine	with	accuracy	when	specific	inventory	will	be	realised	as	this	will	be	subject	to	a	number	of	issues	
including	the	strength	of	the	property	market.

Included within disposals of inventories are net realisable value provisions made during the year of £6.1m (2009: £14.2m).

As	at	30th	November	2010,	£48.3m	(2009:	£67.8m)	of	inventory	was	pledged	as	security	for	the	Group’s	loan	facilities.

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
		
	
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

13.  TRADe AND OTheR PAyABLeS

Current
Trade payables 
Amounts	due	to	joint	ventures	
Other	payables	and	accrued	expenses	
Provision for share options   
Other	payables	on	deferred	terms	
Derivative financial instruments 

Non-current
Other	payables	and	accrued	expenses	
Provision for share options    
Other	payables	on	deferred	terms	
Finance lease liabilities (head rents) 

2010 
£m 

 15.7 	
 4.1 	
 76.4 	
 0.2  
 18.4 	
 18.3 	

2009
£m

	15.0	
	3.5	
	70.1	
 0.9 
	30.4	
	19.3 

133.1	

139.2

 46.4 	
1.6  
 163.2  
 3.9 	

215.1 

	21.5	
 0.9 
 162.6 
	3.9	

188.9

IFRS7	disclosures	in	respect	of	financial	liabilities	included	above	are	provided	in	Note	16.

The	payment	terms	of	the	other	payables	on	deferred	terms	are	subject	to	contractual	commitments.	In	the	normal	course	of	events	the	payments	will	
be	made	in	line	with	either	the	disposal	of	investment	properties	held	on	the	balance	sheet,	or	the	commencement	of	development.	Net	cash	outflows	
on the settlement of the deferred consideration will therefore be limited.

14.  BORROWINGS

Current
Floating rate unsecured loan notes 

Non-current
Bank	loans	repayable	between	one	and	two	years	
Bank	loans	repayable	between	two	and	five	years	

2010 
£m 

 —  

 —  

107.9 	
218.3 	

 326.2 	

2009
£m

 0.4

 0.4

	55.9
	267.3

	323.2

Each	bank	has	their	borrowings	secured	by	a	fixed	charge	over	a	discrete	portfolio	of	certain	of	the	Group’s	property	assets.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
		
	
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

69

14.  BORROWINGS CONTINUED
Maturity profile of committed bank facilities
The	majority	of	the	Group’s	bank	debt	is	provided	by	bilateral	revolving	credit	facilities,	providing	the	flexibility	to	draw	and	repay	loans	as	required.	
The maturity profile of the Group’s committed facilities is set out below:

Less than one year† 
One	to	two	years	
Two to three years 
Three to four years 
Four to five years 
More	than	five	years	

Total 

Less	than	one	year†	
One	to	two	years	
Two	to	three	years	
Three	to	four	years	
Four	to	five	years	
More	than	five	years	

Total	

Floating rate borrowings 

Interest rate swaps 

2010

Drawn 
£m 

 —  
 107.9  
 30.0  
 89.7  
 98.6  
 —  

326.2 

Drawn 
£m	

	0.4		
	55.9		
	162.4		
	28.0		
	76.9		
	—		

323.6	

Undrawn 
£m 

 5.0  
 56.1  
 40.0  
 35.3  
 56.4  
 —  

192.8 

Total 
£m 

 5.0  
 164.0  
 70.0  
 125.0  
 155.0  
 —  

519.0 

earliest termination 
£m 

%* 

Latest termination
£m 

%*

 4.79  
 5.43  
 4.81  
 4.80  
 2.69  
 4.32  

4.63 

 60.0  
 80.0  
 20.0  
 —  
 40.0  
 60.0  

260.0 

 4.83
 5.54
 4.65
 —
 2.69
 4.51

4.63

 80.0  
 90.0  
 10.0  
 10.0  
 40.0  
 30.0  

260.0 

2009

Floating rate borrowings 

Interest rate swaps 

Undrawn 
£m	

5.0	
	34.1		
	91.6		
	42.0		
	23.1		
	—		

195.8	

Total 
£m	

	5.4		
	90.0		
	254.0		
	70.0		
	100.0		
	—		

519.4	

Earliest termination 
£m	

%* 

Latest termination
£m	

%*

	110.0		
	130.0		
	—		
	—		
	—		
	—		

240.0	

	5.36		
	4.67		
	—		
	—		
	—		
	—		

4.99	

	—		
	80.0		
	80.0		
	40.0		
	—		
	40.0		

240.0	

	—
	4.70
	5.54
	4.56
	—
	4.87

4.99

*   Weighted average interest rate.
†		 In	addition	to	the	principal	amounts	included	above,	£3.7m	(2009:	£3.7m)	of	interest	payable	was	committed	at	the	year	end.	These	amounts	all	fall	due	within	three	months	of	the	year	end.	

Certain	of	the	interest	rate	swaps	are	extendable	at	the	bank’s	option;	therefore,	the	tables	above	show	the	dates	of	normal	termination	and	extended	
termination.

£22.6m	(2009:	£23.1m)	of	the	undrawn	committed	bank	facilities	are	ring	fenced	for	VSM	Estates	(Holdings)	Limited.

The	average	rate	of	interest	payable,	before	taking	into	account	the	effects	of	hedging,	on	borrowings	outstanding	during	the	year	was	2.8%	(2009:	
2.9%).	At	30th	November	2010	the	weighted	average	facility	maturity	of	the	bank	debt	was	3	years	(2009:	3	years).

Interest rate profile
The	interest	rate	profile	of	the	Group’s	borrowings	after	taking	into	account	the	effects	of	hedging	is:

Total 
£m	

326.2 

323.6	

Floating	
Rate debt 
£m	

66.2 

83.6	

Fixed		
Rate debt 
£m	

260.0 

240.0	

Weighted
average
fixed	
interest		
rate 
(%)	

4.63 

4.99	

Weighted	
maturity	of
derivatives

(years)*

3.37

1.09

At 30th November 2010 

At	30th	November	2009	

*   Based on earliest termination dates.

The Group’s derivative financial instruments, which are classified as fair value through profit or loss, consist of sterling denominated interest swaps 
from	floating	rate	to	fixed	rate	and	range	from	2.46%	to	5.97%	(2009:	4.32%	to	5.97%).	In	addition	the	Group	has	a	cap	at	7.5%	on	a	further	 
£11m	(2009:	£55m)	of	floating	rate	debt.	Details	of	the	change	in	fair	value	of	derivatives	charged	to	the	income	statement	are	disclosed	in	Note	4.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
70     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

15.  LeASING
Operating lease commitments where the Group is the lessee
The Group leases certain of its premises, motor vehicles and office equipment under operating leases. Future aggregate minimum lease rentals  
payable	under	non-cancellable	operating	leases	are	as	follows:

In one year or less 
Between one and five years   
In five years or more 

2010 
 £m  

0.7	
2.9 
1.0	

 4.6		

2009
 £m 

1.3
2.6
1.5

	5.4	

Operating leases where the Group is the lessor
The	Group	leases	out	its	investment	properties	under	operating	leases.	The	future	aggregate	minimum	rentals	receivable	under	non-cancellable	
operating leases are as follows:

In one year or less 
Between one and five years   
In five years or more 

2010 
£m  

27.5	
71.1	
193.7	

292.3	

2009
 £m 

27.2
71.1
178.6

276.9

Contingent	rents,	calculated	as	a	percentage	of	turnover	for	a	limited	number	of	tenants,	of	£0.4m	(2009:	£0.3m)	were	recognised	during	the	year.

Obligations under finance leases
Finance lease liabilities payable in respect of certain leasehold investment properties are as follows:

Less than one year 
Between one and five years   
More	than	five	years	

Less than one year 
Between one and five years   
More	than	five	years	

Minimum 
lease
payments 
 £m  

0.2 
0.9 
67.5 

68.6 

Minimum	
lease 
payments 
 £m  

0.2 
0.9 
67.7	

68.8	

2010

 Interest  
 £m  

 Principal 
 £m

 0.2  
 0.9  
 63.6  

 64.7  

2009

 —
 —
 3.9

 3.9

 Interest  
 £m  

 Principal 
 £m 

 0.2  
 0.9  
	63.8		

	64.9		

 —
 —
	3.9

	3.9

Finance	leases	are	for	periods	of	up	to	999	years	from	inception	and	a	discount	rate	of	6.0%	(2009:	6.0%)	has	been	used	to	derive	the	fair	value	of	
the principal amount outstanding. All lease obligations are denominated in sterling.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

16.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMeNTS 
Categories and classes of financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets  

Loans and receivables: 
  Cash and cash equivalents  
  Trade and other receivables  

Financial liabilities  

Derivative financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss  

Amortised cost:
	 Bank	loans	and	overdrafts		
  Trade and other payables   
	 Other	payables	on	deferred	terms		
  Finance lease liabilities (head rents)  

71

2009
£m

 4.8
	36.4

 41.2 

2009
£m

	19.3	

	323.6	
 62.2 
	193.0	
	3.9	

 602.0 

2010 
£m 

 11.3  
 25.8 	

 37.1  

2010 
£m 

 18.3 	

326.2  	
90.3 
 181.6 	
 3.9 	

 620.3  

a  
 a  

 b  

	a		
a  
	a		
 a  

Trade	and	other	receivables	above	comprise	other	debtors,	trade	receivables	and	amounts	due	from	joint	ventures	as	disclosed	in	Note	11,	for	current	
and	non-current	amounts,	after	deduction	of	£7.6m	(2009:	£7.9m)	of	non-financial	assets.

Trade	and	other	payables	above	comprise	trade	payables,	amounts	due	to	joint	ventures	and	other	payables	and	accrued	expenses	as	disclosed	in	 
Note	13,	for	current	and	non-current	amounts,	after	deduction	of	£52.3m	(2009:	£47.9m)	of	non-financial	liabilities.

a)		 The	directors	consider	that	the	carrying	amount	recorded	in	the	financial	statements	approximates	their	fair	value.
b)		 Derivative	financial	instruments	are	carried	at	fair	value.	The	fair	value	is	calculated	using	quoted	market	prices	relevant	for	the	term	and	

instrument. 

Fair value hierarchy of financial assets and liabilities
Financial	assets	and	financial	liabilities	that	are	measured	subsequent	to	initial	recognition	at	fair	value,	are	required	to	be	grouped	into	Levels	1	to	3	
based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

•	 Level	1	fair	value	measurements	are	those	derived	from	quoted	prices	(unadjusted)	in	active	markets	for	identical	assets;
•	 Level	2	fair	value	measurements	are	those	derived	from	inputs	other	than	quoted	prices	included	within	Level	1	that	are	observable	for	the	asset,	

either	directly	(i.e.	as	prices)	or	indirectly	(i.e.	derived	from	prices);	and

•	 Level	3	fair	value	measurements	are	those	derived	from	valuation	techniques	that	include	inputs	for	the	asset	that	are	not	based	on	observable	

market	data	(unobservable	inputs).

Derivative financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss are the only financial instruments held by the Group at fair value. The net 
liability	of	£18.3m	recognised	as	at	30th	November	2010	(2009:	£19.3m)	is	categorised	as	a	Level	2	fair	value	measurement.

Capital risk
The	Group	manages	its	capital	to	ensure	that	the	entities	in	the	Group	will	be	able	to	continue	as	a	going	concern	whilst	maximising	the	return	to	
shareholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The capital structure of the Company consists of debt (as disclosed in  
Note	14),	cash	and	cash	equivalents	and	equity,	comprising	issued	capital,	reserves	and	retained	earnings	as	disclosed	in	the	Group	statement	of	
changes in equity.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
  
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

16.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMeNTS CONTINUED
Market risk
Market	risk	is	the	potential	adverse	change	in	Group	income	or	the	Group	net	worth	arising	from	movements	in	interest	rates	or	other	market	prices.	
Interest	rate	risk	is	the	Group’s	principal	market	risk	and	is	considered	below.

Interest	rate	risk	management:	The	Group	is	exposed	to	interest	rate	risk	as	it	borrows	funds	at	variable	interest	rates.	The	Group	uses	a	combination	 
of	variable	rate	borrowings	and	interest	rate	swaps	to	manage	the	risk.

Interest	rate	sensitivity:	The	following	table	details	the	Group’s	sensitivity,	after	tax,	to	a	1%	change	in	interest	rates	based	on	year	end	levels	of	debt.	

1%	increase	in	interest	rates	 

Interest on borrowings  
Effect of interest rate swaps  

1%	decrease	in	interest	rates	 

Interest on borrowings  
Effect of interest rate swaps  

2010 
£m 

 (2.3)	
 1.9 	

 (0.4) 

2010 
£m 

 2.3 	
 (1.9)	

 0.4  

2009
£m

(2.3)
	1.7

(0.6)

2009
£m

	2.3
(1.7)

 0.6

Credit risk  
Credit	risk	is	the	risk	of	financial	loss	where	counterparties	are	not	able	to	meet	their	obligations	as	they	fall	due.

The	credit	risk	on	the	Group’s	liquid	funds	and	derivative	financial	instruments	is	limited	because	the	counterparties	are	banks	with	high	(generally	 
AA)	credit	ratings.	Bank	deposits	are	only	placed	with	banks	in	accordance	with	Group	policy	that	specifies	minimum	credit	rating	and	maximum	
exposure.	Credit	risk	on	derivatives	is	closely	monitored.

Trade and other receivables consist of amounts due from a large number of parties spread across geographical areas. The Group does not have any 
significant	concentrations	of	credit	risk	as	the	tenant	base	is	large	and	diverse	with	the	largest	individual	tenant	accounting	for	£1.5m	(2009:	 
£2.2m) of gross rental income.

The	carrying	amount	of	financial	assets,	as	detailed	above,	represents	the	Group’s	maximum	exposure	to	credit	risk	at	the	reporting	date.

Included	within	trade	and	other	receivables	is	£0.7m	(2009:	£1.0m)	which	is	provided	against	as	it	represents	estimated	irrecoverable	amounts.	
This	allowance	has	been	determined	by	a	review	of	all	significant	balances	that	are	past	due	considering	the	reason	for	non-payment	and	the	
creditworthiness of the counterparty. A reconciliation of the changes in this account during the year is provided below. 

Movement	in	the	allowance	for	doubtful	debts	 

At start of year  
Impairment losses recognised  
Amounts written off as irrecoverable  
Impairment losses reversed   

At end of year  

2010 
£m 

 1.0 	
 0.6 	
 (0.5) 
(0.4) 

 0.7  

2009
£m

	0.7
	0.7
(0.2)
(0.2)

 1.0

Trade	and	other	receivables	include	£0.6m	(2009:	£2.4m)	which	are	past	due	as	at	30th	November	2010	for	which	no	provision	has	been	made	
because the amounts are considered recoverable. The following table provides an ageing analysis of these balances.

Number	of	days	past	due	but	not	impaired	 

1–30	days		 		
31–60	days		
60 days +    

2010 
£m 

0.3  
 —  
 0.3  

0.6  

2009
£m

 1.1 
 0.2 
 1.1 

 2.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

73

16.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMeNTS CONTINUED
Liquidity risk 
Liquidity	risk	is	the	risk	that	the	Group	does	not	have	sufficient	financial	resources	available	to	meet	its	obligations	as	they	fall	due.	The	Group	
manages	liquidity	risk	by	continuously	monitoring	forecast	and	actual	cash	flows,	matching	the	maturity	profiles	of	financial	assets	and	liabilities	and	
through the use of bilateral facilities, overdrafts and cash with a range of maturity dates to ensure continuity of funding. 

The	economic	climate,	although	improved,	continues	to	provide	a	difficult	backdrop	to	the	Group’s	operations.	As	such,	the	focus	continues	to	be	on	
managing	cash	flows	and	forward	commitments,	whilst	continuing	to	marshal	sites	through	the	planning	and	remediation	process	and	undertaking	
development	on	largely	pre-let	or	pre-sold	opportunities.

The	maturity	profile	of	the	anticipated	future	cash	flows	for	bank	loans	and	overdrafts	is	shown	in	Note	14.	The	maturity	profile	for	the	Group’s	other	
non-derivative	financial	liabilities,	on	an	undiscounted	basis	is	as	follows:

2010  

Trade and other payables  
Other	payables	on	deferred	terms		

2009  

Trade	and	other	payables		
Other	payables	on	deferred	terms		

Less than  
one month 
£m 

 18.3  
 —  

 18.3  

Less	than		
one	month	
£m 

	16.5		
	—		

	16.5		

1–3 
months 
£m 

 8.8  
 10.0  

 18.8  

1–3	
months	
£m 

	11.6		
	11.9		

	23.5		

3 months 
to 1 year 
£m 

 13.3  
 8.4  

 21.7  

3	months	
to	1	year	
£m 

	12.6		
	19.0		

	31.6		

1–5 
years 
£m 

 47.3  
 162.6  

 209.9  

1–5	
years	
£m 

	22.4		
	164.9		

	187.3		

More than
5 years 
£m 

 67.7  
 5.0  

 72.7  

More	than
5	years	
£m 

	67.7		
	7.7		

	75.4		

 Total 
£m

 155.4 
 186.0 

 341.4 

	Total	
£m

	130.8	
	203.5	

	334.3	

The	Group’s	approach	to	cash	flow,	financing	and	bank	covenants	is	discussed	further	in	the	financial	review	section	of	the	business	review	on	 
page 18.

17.  ShARe CAPITAL 

Authorised:
Equity share capital
At	start	and	end	of	year		

Allotted and fully paid:
Equity share capital
At	start	and	end	of	year		

See	Note	3d	for	details	of	outstanding	options	to	acquire	ordinary	shares.	

	Ordinary	
10p shares 
	No.		

	£m	

	 250,000,000	

	25.0

	 200,360,931	

	20.0	

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
74     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

18.  PeNSIONS
The Group operates a pension scheme with both defined benefit and defined contribution sections. The defined benefit section is closed to new 
members and, from 1st September 2009, is also closed to future accrual. The income statement includes:

—	 a	charge	of	£0.1m	(2009:	£0.5m	credit)	for	the	defined	benefit	section,	incorporating	a	curtailment	gain	of	£nil	(2009:	£0.7m);	and
—  a charge of £0.1m (2009: £0.4m) for the defined contribution section.

The	last	formal	actuarial	valuation	of	the	scheme	was	at	5th	April	2008,	when	the	market	value	of	the	net	assets	of	the	scheme	was	£32.9m,	a	
funding	level	of	104%.	The	valuation	was	performed	using	the	‘Projected	Unit	Credit	Method’	under	IAS19.	The	main	actuarial	assumptions	were:

Investment	rate	of	return:		

pre-retirement		
post-retirement		

Increase	in	earnings*	
Increase	in	pensions		

6.3%	p.a.
4.8%	p.a.
6.6%	p.a.
3.6%	p.a.

*	Capped	to	5.6%	for	certain	members.

The	actuarial	valuation	of	the	defined	benefit	section,	a	final	salary	scheme,	was	updated	to	30th	November	2010	on	an	IAS	basis	by	a	qualified	
independent	actuary.	The	major	assumptions	used	by	the	actuary	were:

Rate of increase in salaries * 
Rate of increase in deferred pensions  
Rate of increase in pensions in payment 
	 Pre	6th	April	1997	benefits	
	 Post	5th	April	1997	benefits	
Discount rate  
Inflation assumption  

2010 

—	
2.8%	

3.0%	
3.5%	
5.5%	
2.8%	

2009 

—	
3.6%	

3.0%	
3.6%	
5.5%	
3.6%	

2008

4.8%
2.8%

2.8%
2.8%
6.2%
2.8%

*  

Following the closure of the defined benefit section to future accrual, the assumption regarding the rate of increase in salaries is no longer applicable as retirement benefits will be based on salaries at 31st August 2009. Benefits earned up to 
the point of the scheme closure will be protected and will be increased in line with inflation, subject to a maximum of 5% per annum. From 2010 the basis of the inflation assumption has been amended, in line with market practice, from the 
Retail Price Index to the Consumer Price Index. 

The	mortality	rates	adopted	are	from	the	PA92	year	of	birth	and	medium	cohort	tables	(which	assume	that,	for	example,	male	members	who	are	
currently	retired	are	expected	to	draw	their	pensions	for	26.8	years	and	non	retired	members	for	27.7	years,	based	on	the	normal	retirement	age	 
of 60).

The	Group	expects	to	make	contributions	of	£0.2m	to	the	defined	benefit	section	of	the	scheme	in	2011	and	in	future	years.

The	fair	values	of	assets	in	the	defined	benefit	section	of	the	scheme	and	the	expected	rates	of	return,	based	on	market	expectations,	were:

Equities  
Bonds  
Property  
Cash and other assets  

Actuarial value of liabilities   
Unrecognised surplus 

Surplus in the scheme  
Related	deferred	tax	liability		

Fair	value	of	pension	asset	net	of	deferred	tax	

2010 

2009 

2008

% 

5.7 
5.5 
5.7 
4.2 

£m 

10.3	
7.6	
8.5	
0.8	

27.2	
 (24.7)	
 (2.5)	

 —  
 —  

 —  

%	

5.6	
5.4	
5.6	
4.1	

£m	

17.0	
1.4	
8.4	
0.3	

27.1	
	(26.9)	
	(0.2)	

 —  
 —  

 —  

%	

5.9	
7.2	
5.9	
4.4	

£m

13.3
0.5
9.9
1.2

24.9
(23.6)
(1.3)

 —
 —

 —

The	cumulative	amount	of	actuarial	gains	and	losses	(before	unrecognised	surplus	of	£2.5m)	recorded	in	the	Group	statement	of	recognised	income	
and	expense	is	a	gain	of	£0.2m	(2009:	£2.0m	loss).

	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
	
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

18. PeNSIONS CONTINUED	
Analysis of the amount (charged)/credited to operating profit

Current service cost 
Curtailment gain 

Total	operating	(charge)/credit	

Analysis of the amount credited/(charged) to finance costs and income

Expected	return	on	pension	scheme	assets	
Interest on pension scheme liabilities 

75

2008
£m

(0.4)
	—	

(0.4)

2008
£m

 2.0 
(1.6)

 0.4 

2010 
£m 

 (0.2) 
 — 	

 (0.2)	

2010 
£m 

 1.5  
 (1.4) 

 0.1  

2009 
£m 

 (0.2) 
	0.7		

	0.5		

2009 
£m 

 1.4  
 (1.4) 

 —  

The	actual	return	on	pension	scheme	assets	was	a	gain	of	£2.4m	(2009:	£3.2m).	The	expected	return	on	pension	scheme	assets	was	calculated	
assuming	cash	and	gilts	will	make	returns	in	line	with	the	yield	on	the	20	year	gilt	index	and	that	equities	and	properties	will	return	1.5%	above	this.	
Corporate	bonds	have	been	assumed	to	return	in	line	with	the	yield	on	the	iboxx	over	15	year	corporate	bond	index.	

Analysis of the amount recognised in the Group statement of comprehensive income

Difference	between	expected	and	actual	return	on	assets		
Experience	gains	and	losses	arising	on	fair	value	of	scheme	liabilities		
Effects of changes in the demographic and financial assumptions underlying 
the fair value of the scheme liabilities 
Change in unrecognised surplus 

Total actuarial loss 

Analysis of the movement in the fair value of the scheme liabilities

Beginning of year 
Movement	in	year:
  Current service cost  
  Employee contributions 

Interest cost 

  Actuarial gains and losses  
  Benefits paid 
  Curtailment gain 

End of year  

2010 
£m 

26.9 	

0.2 	
 —  
 1.4 	
(1.3)	
 (2.5)	
 — 	

 24.7 	

2010 
£m 

 0.9  
 (0.7)	

 2.0 	
 (2.3)	

 (0.1) 

2008	
£m 

	29.0		

	0.4		
 0.1  
	1.6		
	(3.9)	
	(3.6)	
	—		

2009 
£m 

 1.8  
	3.7		

	(7.4)	
	1.1		

 (0.8) 

2007	
£m 

	31.1		

	0.5		
 0.1  
	1.5		
	(3.0)	
	(1.2)	
	—		

2008
£m

(8.9)
(3.8)

7.6
	4.7	

(0.4)

2006
£m

	29.8	

	0.5	
 0.1 
	1.5	
	—	
(0.8)
	—	

2009	
£m 

	23.6		

	0.2		
 0.1  
	1.4		
	3.7		
	(1.4)	
	(0.7)	

	26.9		

	23.6		

	29.0		

	31.1	

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

18.  PeNSIONS CONTINUED
Analysis of the movement in the fair value of the scheme assets

Beginning of year 
Movement	in	year:
	 Expected	return	on	scheme	assets	
  Contributions by employer 
  Employee contributions 
  Actuarial gains and losses  
  Benefits paid 

End of year   

Surplus in scheme at the year end  
Unrecognised surplus 

Net	surplus			

history of experience gains and losses

Difference	between	expected	and	actual	return	on	scheme	assets	
  Amount   
  Percentage of scheme assets 
Experience	gains	and	losses	on	scheme	liabilities
  Amount   
  Percentage of fair value of scheme liabilities 
Changes in assumptions underlying the fair value of scheme liabilities
  Amount   
  Percentage of fair value of scheme liabilities 

Change in unrecognised surplus 

Total	actuarial	(loss)/gain	recognised	in	the	statement	of	
recognised	income	and	expense
  Amount   
  Percentage of present value of scheme liabilities  
Deferred	taxation	attributable	to	pension	movements	(Note	5)	

Pension	scheme	movement	for	the	year	net	of	deferred	tax	

2010 
£m 

 27.1 	

 1.5  
 0.2 	
—  
0.9  
 (2.5)	

27.2 	

 2.5 	
 (2.5)	

—  

2010 
£m 

 0.9  
3.3%	

 (0.7)	
2.8% 	

 2.0 	
(8.1%) 	

 (2.3)	

 (0.1)	
(0.4%)	
 — 	

 (0.1)	

2009	
£m 

	24.9		

 1.4  
	0.3		
 0.1  
 1.8  
	(1.4)	

	27.1		

	0.2		
	(0.2)	

 —  

2008	
£m 

	35.0		

 2.0  
	0.4		
 0.1  
 (9.0) 
	(3.6)	

	24.9		

	1.3		
	(1.3)	

 —  

2007	
£m 

	33.9		

 1.8  
	0.6		
 0.1  
 (0.2) 
	(1.2)	

	35.0		

	6.0		
	(6.0)	

 —  

2009	
£m 

2008	
£m 

2007	
£m 

 1.8  
6.6%	

 (9.0) 
	(35.7%)	

	3.7		
	(13.8%)	

	(7.4)	
27.5%	

	1.1		

	(0.8)	
	(3.0%)	
	0.2		

	(0.6)	

	(3.8)	
16.1%	

7.6	
(32.2%)	

	4.7		

	(0.4)	
	(1.7%)	
	0.1		

	(0.3)	

(0.2) 
(0.3%)	

	(3.0)	
10.3%	

	5.8		
(20.0%)	

	(6.0)	

	(3.3)	
(11.4%)	
	0.9		

	(2.4)	

2006
£m

	29.3	

 1.6 
	1.1	
 0.1 
 2.6 
(0.8)

	33.9

	2.8
	—

 2.8

2006
£m

2.6
8.0%

(1.1)
3.5%

	0.9
(2.9%)

	—

	2.5	
8.0%
(0.7)

	1.8	

19.  CAPITAL COMMITMeNTS
At	30th	November	2010	the	Group	had	contracted	capital	expenditure	of	£18,159,000	(2009:	£796,000).	In	addition	the	Group’s	share	of	the	
contracted	capital	expenditure	of	its	joint	venture	undertakings	was	£596,000	(2009:	£1,593,000).	All	capital	commitments	relate	to	investment	
properties.

20.  CONTINGeNT LIABILITIeS
The	Group	has	a	joint	and	several	unlimited	liability	with	Vinci	PLC	and	the	Ministry	of	Defence	under	guarantees	in	respect	of	the	financial	
performance	of	VSM	Estates	(Holdings)	Limited	(“VSM”).	This	is	a	guarantee	in	the	ordinary	course	of	business	and	would	require	the	guarantors	to	
step	into	VSM’s	place	in	the	event	of	a	default	on	Project	MoDEL.	Completion	of	the	project	is	not	considered	onerous	as	the	forecast	revenues	exceed	
the	anticipated	costs	and	it	is	not	expected	that	there	would	be	any	net	outflow	in	this	regard.	

The	Group	is	also	party	to	a	joint	and	several	guarantee	to	Fortis	Bank	in	respect	of	the	performance	of	Sowcrest	Limited	which	is	limited	to	£16.0m	
(2009: £18.4m).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
	
	
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

77

21.  ReLATeD PARTy TRANSACTIONS
Transactions	between	the	Group	and	its	non	wholly	owned	subsidiaries,	joint	ventures	and	associates	are	all	undertaken	on	an	arms	length	basis	and	
are detailed as follows:

Key Property Investments Limited (‘KPI’)
During	the	year	the	Group	provided	management	and	construction	services	to	KPI	for	which	it	received	fees	totalling	£10.9m	(2009:	£6.5m).	The	
balance	due	to	the	Group	at	year	end	was	£0.6m	(2009:	£0.3m).	No	interest	is	charged	on	this	balance.

holaw (462) Limited (‘holaw’)
During	the	year	Holaw	repaid	£nil	of	its	loan	(2009:	£0.2m).	The	balance	due	to	the	Group	at	the	year	end	was	£0.3m	(2009:	£0.3m).	No	interest	is	
charged on this balance.

Barton Business Park Limited (‘Barton’)
During	the	year	the	Group	borrowed	an	additional	£0.5m	from	Barton	(2009:	£nil).	The	balance	due	to	Barton	at	the	year	end	was	£3.9m	(2009:	
£3.4m).	No	interest	is	charged	on	this	balance.

Sowcrest Limited (‘Sowcrest’)
During the year the Group provided management services to Sowcrest for which it received fees totalling £nil (2009: £0.2m). 

In	addition,	during	the	year	£7.3m	was	paid	to	Sowcrest	(2009:	£3.6m)	leaving	an	amount	due	from	Sowcrest	at	the	year	end	of	£11.3m	(2009:	
£4.0m).	Interest	is	chargeable	on	£8.5m	(2009:	£1.4m)	of	the	amount	outstanding	at	a	fixed	rate	of	10%	(2009:	10%).

Skypark Development Partnership (‘Skypark’)
The	balance	due	to	the	Group	from	Skypark	at	the	year	end	was	£0.6m	(2009:	£0.3m),	of	which	£0.2m	(2009:	£0.2m)	relates	to	loan	notes	issued	to	
the	Group	in	the	year.	The	remaining	£0.4m	(2009:	£0.1m)	relates	to	purchase	ledger	funding	provided	by	the	Group.	No	interest	is	charged	on	these	
balances.

Chertsey Road Properties Limited (‘CRP’)
During	the	year	CRP	repaid	£0.2m	of	its	loan	(2009:	borrowed	£0.3m).	The	balance	due	to	the	Group	at	the	year	end	was	£0.1m	(2009:	£0.3m).	No	
interest is charged on this balance.

St. Modwen hungerford Limited (‘hungerford’)
During	the	year	the	Group	loaned	£nil	to	Hungerford	(2009:	£0.6m).	The	balance	due	to	the	Group	at	the	year	end	was	£0.6m	(2009:	£0.6m).	No	
interest is charged on this balance.

Coed Darcy Limited (‘CDL’)
During	the	year	CDL	repaid	£0.2m	of	its	loan.	The	balance	due	to	the	Group	at	the	year	end	was	£nil	(2009:	£0.2m).	No	interest	is	charged	on	this	
balance.

Branston Properties Limited (‘Branston’)
During	the	year	the	Group	entered	into	an	option	to	acquire	the	entire	issued	share	capital	of	Branston,	a	company	in	which	the	family	of	Simon	Clarke	
has	a	financial	interest,	at	market	value.	The	price	paid	for	the	option	was	£0.1m	and	exercise	of	this	is	contingent	on	certain	planning	milestones	
being achieved.

St. Modwen Pension Scheme
The	Group	occupies	offices	owned	by	the	pension	scheme	with	a	value	of	£0.5m	(2009:	£0.5m)	with	an	annual	rental	payable	of	£0.1m	(2009:	
£0.1m).	The	balance	due	to	the	Group	at	the	year	end	was	£nil	(2009:	£0.5m).

78     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Accounts continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

21.  ReLATeD PARTy TRANSACTIONS CONTINUED
Non-wholly owned subsidiaries
The Company provides administrative and management services and provides a central purchase ledger system to subsidiary companies. In addition, 
the	Company	also	operates	a	central	treasury	function	which	lends	to	and	borrows	from	subsidiary	undertakings	as	appropriate.	Management	fees	 
and	interest	charged/(credited)	during	the	year	and	net	balances	due	(to)/from	subsidiaries	in	which	the	Company	has	a	less	than	90%	interest	were	
as follows:

Stoke-on-Trent	Regeneration	Limited	
Stoke-on-Trent	Regeneration	(Investments)	Limited	  
Uttoxeter	Estates	Limited	
Widnes Regeneration Limited 
Trentham Leisure Limited 
Norton	&	Proffitt	Developments	Limited	
VSM	Estates	(Holdings)	Limited	

Management	fees	

Interest	

Balance

2010 
£m 

 —  
 —  
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 0.2 

 0.2 

2009 
£m 

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 0.2  
 —  
 0.2  

 0.4  

2010 
£m 

(0.1) 
 —  
 — 
 — 
 1.9  
 — 
 — 

1.8 

2009 
£m 

 (0.1) 
 — 
 —  
 0.1  
 1.2  
 —  
 —  

 1.2  

2010 
£m 

(3.9)	
(0.5)	
 (0.6) 
 2.3	
 23.8  
 (0.2)	
 (9.9)	

11.0	

2009
£m

(7.4)
(0.3)
(0.2)
	3.0	
 22.4 
(0.3)
(8.5)

	8.7	

All amounts due to the Group are unsecured and will be settled in cash. All amounts above are stated before provisions for doubtful debts of £nil 
(2009:	£0.7m).	No	guarantees	have	been	given	or	received	from	related	parties.

Key management personnel
The	directors	are	considered	to	be	the	Group’s	key	management	personnel	and	their	remuneration	is	disclosed	in	the	directors’	remuneration	report.

	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
		
	
 
  
 
	
		
 
 
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

Company Balance Sheet
as at 30th November 2010

Fixed assets
Tangible	fixed	assets	
Investments		held	as	fixed	assets	

Current asset
Debtors 
Cash	at	bank	and	in	hand	
Current liabilities
Creditors:	amounts	falling	due	within	one	year	

Net current assets 

Total assets less current liabilities 
Creditors:	amounts	falling	due	after	more	than	one	year	

Net assets 

Capital and reserves
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Capital redemption reserve   
Revaluation reserve 
Profit and loss account 
Own	shares		

equity shareholders’ funds 

79

 2009
 £m

	0.7
	239.3	

 240.0

	475.0
 0.2

 (149.2)

	326.0

	566.0
 (192.2)

	373.8

 20.0
 102.8
	0.3
	164.7
 86.4
 (0.4)

	373.8

	Notes		

(E)	
(F)	

(G) 

(H)	

(H)	

(K) 
(L) 
(L) 
(L) 
(L) 
(L)	

 2010  
	£m  

 0.6 	
	328.5 	

 329.1  

 473.6 	
 1.9  

	(149.4) 

 326.1		

 655.2		
 (216.1) 

 439.1 	

 20.0  
 102.8  
 0.3 	
 254.6 	
 62.0  
 (0.6) 

 439.1 	

These	financial	statements	were	approved	by	the	Board	of	directors	on	4th	February	2011	and	were	signed	on	its	behalf	by	Bill	Oliver	and	 
Michael	Dunn.	

Bill Oliver 
Chief	Executive	

Michael Dunn
Group	Finance	Director

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Accounts
for the year ended 30th November 2010

(A).  ACCOUNTING POLICIeS
Basis of preparation
The accounts and notes have been prepared in accordance with applicable UK GAAP on a going concern basis.

Compliance with SSAP19 “Accounting for Investment Properties” requires departure from the Companies Act 2006 relating to depreciation and an 
explanation	of	the	departure	is	given	below.

Accounting convention
The	financial	statements	have	been	prepared	under	the	historical	cost	convention	except	for	the	revaluation	of	certain	properties,	derivative	financial	
instruments and the defined benefit section of the Company’s pension scheme.

Revenue recognition
Revenue	is	recognised	to	the	extent	that	the	Company	obtains	the	right	to	consideration	in	exchange	for	its	performance.	Revenue	is	measured	at	the	
fair	value	of	the	consideration	received,	excluding	discounts	and	VAT.	

Rental income
Rental	income	arising	from	investment	properties	is	accounted	for	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	lease	term.

Interest receivable
Interest receivable is recognised on an accruals basis.

Tangible fixed assets
Tangible	fixed	assets,	other	than	investment	properties,	are	stated	at	cost	less	accumulated	depreciation	and	accumulated	impairment	losses.	Such	
cost	includes	costs	directly	attributable	to	making	the	asset	capable	of	operating	as	intended.

Depreciation is provided on all plant, machinery and equipment at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual value, based on prices 
prevailing	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	of	each	asset	evenly	over	its	expected	useful	life	as	follows:

Plant,	machinery	and	equipment	

	—	over	2	to	5	years

Depreciation	is	not	provided	on	investment	properties	which	are	subject	to	annual	revaluations.

Long leasehold investment properties
In accordance with SSAP19, investment properties are revalued annually and the aggregate surplus or temporary deficit is transferred to the 
revaluation	reserve.	Permanent	diminutions	are	recognised	through	the	profit	and	loss	account.	No	depreciation	is	provided	in	respect	of	 
investment properties.

The	Companies	Act	2006	requires	all	properties	to	be	depreciated.	However,	this	requirement	conflicts	with	the	generally	accepted	accounting	
principle set out in SSAP19. The directors consider that, because these properties are not held for consumption but for their investment potential, 
to depreciate them would not give a true and fair view and that it is necessary to adopt SSAP19 in order to give a true and fair view. If this departure 
from	the	Act	had	not	been	made,	the	profit	for	the	financial	year	would	have	been	reduced	by	depreciation.	However,	the	amount	of	depreciation	
cannot reasonably be quantified because depreciation is only one of many factors reflected in the annual valuation and the amount which might 
otherwise have been shown cannot be separately identified or quantified.

Investment in subsidiary, joint venture and associated companies
The	investments	in	subsidiary,	joint	venture	and	associated	companies	are	included	in	the	Company’s	balance	sheet	at	the	Company’s	share	of	net	
asset	value.	The	valuation	recognises	the	cost	of	acquisition	and	changes	in	the	book	values	of	the	underlying	net	assets.	The	surplus	or	deficit	
arising on revaluation is reflected in the Company’s reserves.

Deferred taxation
Deferred	tax	is	recognised	in	respect	of	all	timing	differences	that	have	originated	but	not	reversed	at	the	balance	sheet	date	where	transactions	or	
events	have	occurred	at	that	date	that	will	result	in	an	obligation	to	pay	less	or	to	receive	more	tax,	with	the	following	exceptions:
—	 provision	is	made	for	tax	on	gains	arising	from	the	revaluation	(and	similar	fair	value	adjustments)	of	fixed	assets	and	gains	on	disposal	of	fixed	
assets	that	have	been	rolled	over	into	replacement	assets	only	to	the	extent	that,	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	there	is	a	binding	agreement	to	
dispose	of	the	assets	concerned.	However,	no	provision	is	made	where,	on	the	basis	of	all	available	evidence	at	the	balance	sheet	date,	it	is	more	
likely	than	not	that	the	taxable	gain	will	be	rolled	over	into	replacement	assets	and	charged	to	tax	only	where	the	replacement	assets	are	sold;	and

—	 deferred	tax	assets	are	recognised	only	to	the	extent	that	the	directors	consider	that	it	is	more	likely	than	not	that	there	will	be	suitable	taxable	

profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted.

Deferred	tax	is	measured	on	an	undiscounted	basis	at	the	tax	rates	that	are	expected	to	apply	in	the	periods	in	which	timing	differences	reverse,	
based	on	tax	rates	and	laws	enacted	or	substantively	enacted	at	the	balance	sheet	date.

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

81

(A). ACCOUNTING POLICIeS CONTINUED
Interest
Interest paid is charged to the profit and loss account on an accruals basis.

Finance costs of debt are allocated over the term of the debt at a constant rate on the carrying amount.

Share-based payment
When	employee	share	options	are	exercised	the	employee	has	the	choice	of	whether	to	have	the	liability	to	them	settled	by	way	of	cash	or	the	
retention	of	shares.	As	it	has	been	the	Company’s	practice	to	satisfy	the	majority	of	share	options	in	cash	and	new	shares	are	not	issued	to	satisfy	
employee	share	option	plans	the	Company	accounts	for	its	share	option	schemes	as	cash-settled.	The	cost	of	cash-settled	transactions	is	measured	at	
fair value using an appropriate option pricing model and amortised through the income statement over the vesting period. The liability is remeasured 
at each balance sheet date. Revisions to the fair value of the accrued liability after the end of the vesting period are recorded in the income statement 
of the year in which they occur.

Pensions
The Company operates a pension scheme with both defined benefit and defined contribution sections. The defined benefit section is closed to  
new members and, from 1st September 2009, to future accrual.

The	cost	of	providing	benefits	under	the	defined	benefit	section	is	determined	using	the	projected	unit	credit	method,	which	attributes	entitlement	to	
benefits to the current period (to determine current service cost) and to the current and prior periods (to determine the present value of the defined 
benefit obligation) and is based on actuarial advice. Past service costs are recognised in the profit and loss account immediately if the benefits  
have vested.

The	interest	element	of	the	defined	benefit	cost	represents	the	change	in	present	value	of	scheme	obligations.	The	expected	return	on	plan	assets	is	
based	on	an	assessment	made	at	the	beginning	of	the	year	of	long-term	market	returns	on	scheme	assets,	adjusted	for	the	effect	on	the	fair	value	of	
plan	assets	of	contributions	received	and	benefits	paid	during	the	year.	The	difference	between	the	expected	return	on	plan	assets	and	the	interest	
cost	is	recognised	in	the	profit	and	loss	account	as	other	finance	income	or	expense.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the statement of total recognised gains and losses in the year in which they occur. The defined 
benefit pension asset or liability in the balance sheet comprises the present value of the defined benefit obligation, less any past service cost not yet 
recognised and less the fair value of plan assets out of which the obligations are to be settled directly.

Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognised in the profit and loss account in the period in which they become payable.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging
The	Company	uses	derivative	financial	instruments	such	as	interest	rate	swaps	to	hedge	its	risks	associated	with	interest	rate	fluctuations.	Such	
instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date on which a contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. The 
Company has determined that the derivative financial instruments in use do not qualify for hedge accounting and, consequently, any gains or losses 
arising	from	changes	in	the	fair	value	of	derivatives	are	taken	to	the	profit	and	loss	account.

Full	details	of	the	Company’s	derivative	financial	instruments	are	given	in	Note	16	to	the	Group	financial	statements.

Own shares
St.	Modwen	Properties	PLC	shares	held	by	the	Company	are	classified	in	shareholders’	equity	and	are	recognised	at	cost.

Interest bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, loans and borrowings 
are measured at amortised cost.

Gains and losses arising on the repurchase, settlement or otherwise cancellation of liabilities are recognised respectively in finance income  
and	expense.

Operating leases 
Rentals	payable	under	operating	leases	are	charged	in	the	profit	and	loss	account	on	a	straight-line	basis	over	the	lease	term.

Cash flow statement 
The	Company	has	taken	advantage	of	the	exemption	permitted	by	FRS1	not	to	present	a	cash	flow	statement.	

82     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Accounts continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

(B).  PROFIT FOR The FINANCIAL yeAR
The	Company	has	taken	advantage	of	Section	408	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	and	has	not	included	its	own	profit	and	loss	account	in	these	financial	
statements.	The	Company’s	loss	for	the	year	ended	30	November	2010	was	£22.3m	(2009:	£17.8m	loss).

(C). OPeRATING exPeNSeS 
(i) Audit fees 
The analysis of auditors’ remuneration is as follows:

Fees paid to Deloitte LLP in respect of: 
Fees payable for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts 

Total audit fees 

Other	services	pursuant	to	legislation	
Tax	services		

Total	non-audit	fees	

Total fees 

2010 
£’000 

2009
£’000

112	

112	

51	
 210  

 261  

 373 	

107

107

305
109

 414 

	521	

(ii) employees 
The	average	number	of	full-time	employees	(including	executive	directors)	employed	by	the	Company	during	the	year	were	as	follows:	

Property 
Leisure and other activities   
Administration 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs 

2010 
Number	

2009
Number

125	
41	
39 

205	

2010 
£m 

9.4 
1.2 
0.3	

10.9 

127
38
40

205

2009
£m

8.1
1.0
0.7

9.8

(D). DIvIDeNDS
Dividends	paid	during	the	year	were	in	respect	of	the	interim	dividend	for	2010.	The	proposed	final	dividend	is	subject	to	approval	at	the	Annual	
General	Meeting	and	has	not	been	included	as	a	liability	in	these	financial	statements.

Paid 
Final dividend in respect of previous year 
Interim dividend in respect of current year 

Total 

Proposed 
Current year final dividend   

The Employee Benefit Trust waives its entitlement to dividends.

2010 

2009

p per share 

£m 

p per share 

£m

 —  
 1.0  

1.0  

 2.0  

 —  
 2.0  

 2.0  

 4.0  

—  
—  

—  

—  

— 
— 

— 

— 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

(e). TANGIBLe FIxeD ASSeTS

Cost or valuation
At	30th	November	2009	
Additions 

At 30th November 2010 

Depreciation
At	30th	November	2009	
Charge	for	the	year	
Disposals 

At 30th November 2010 

Net book value 
At 30th November 2010 

At	30th	November	2009	

83

Total
£m

	2.5
 0.2

2.7

	1.8
	0.3
—

2.1

0.6

0.7

Long 
leasehold 
investment 
properties 
£m 

Plant,
machinery
and
equipment 
£m 

	0.3		
—  

0.3 

—		
—		
—  

—  

0.3 

0.3	

	2.2		
 0.2  

2.4 

	1.8		
	0.3		
—  

2.1 

0.3 

0.4	

Investment	properties	were	valued	at	30th	November	2010	and	2009	by	King	Sturge	LLP,	Chartered	Surveyors,	in	accordance	with	the	Appraisal	
and	Valuation	Manual	of	the	Royal	Institution	of	Chartered	Surveyors,	on	the	basis	of	market	value.	King	Sturge	LLP	are	professionally	qualified	
independent	external	valuers	and	have	recent	experience	in	the	relevant	location	and	category	of	the	properties	being	valued.

Long leasehold investment properties are currently let under operating leases for the purpose of generating rental income.

(F). INveSTMeNTS heLD AS FIxeD ASSeTS 

valuation
At	30th	November	2009	
Increase	in	entity	holding	from	joint	venture	to	subsidiary	
Revaluation	of	investments	 	

At 30th November 2010 

Cost
At 30th November 2010 and 30th November 2009 

Investment 
in	subsidiary	
companies 
£m 

Investment
in	joint
ventures 
£m 

192.4	
(1.4)	
83.5		

274.5 

46.9	
0.7	
6.4		

54.0 

Total
£m

239.3
(0.7)
89.9	

328.5

76.2 

26.5 

102.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Accounts continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

(F).  INveSTMeNTS heLD AS FIxeD ASSeTS CONTINUED   
Subsidiary companies:
At	30th	November	2010	the	principal	subsidiaries,	all	of	which	were	held	directly	by	the	Company,	were	as	follows:		

	 	 Proportion	of	ordinary	shares	held	

Nature	of	principal	business

Boughton	Holdings		
Chaucer	Estates	Limited	
Leisure	Living	Limited	
Redman	Heenan	Properties	Limited	
St.	Modwen	Developments	Limited	
St.	Modwen	Investments	Limited	
St.	Modwen	Securities	Limited	
St.	Modwen	Ventures	Limited	
St.	Modwen	Properties	Sarl			
Stoke-on-Trent	Regeneration	Limited	
Uttoxeter	Estates	Limited	
Widnes	Regeneration	Limited	
Trentham	Leisure	Limited	
Norton	&	Proffitt	Developments	Limited	
VSM	Estates	(Holdings)	Limited	

100%	
100%	
100%	
100%	
100%	
100%	
100%	
100%	
100%	
81%	
81%	
81%	
80%	
75%	
50%	

Investment	company
Property	investors
Leisure	operator
Property	investors
Property	developers
Property	investors
Property	developers
Property	investors
Property	investors
Property	developers
Property	developers
Property	developers
Leisure	operator
Property	developers
Property	developers

All principal subsidiaries are registered and operated in England and Wales. 

Joint ventures 
At	30th	November	2010	the	principal	joint	ventures	were:

Key	Property	Investments	Limited		
Barton	Business	Park	Limited		
Sowcrest	Limited		
Holaw	(462)	Limited		
Skypark	Development	Partnership	LLP	
Chertsey	Road	Properties	Limited	
St.	Modwen	Developments	Hungerford	Limited	

Percentage	shareholding	

Nature	of	principal	business

50%	
50%	
50%	
50%	
50%	
50%	
50%	

Property	investment	and	development
Property	development
Property	development
Property	investment
Property	development
Property	investment
Property	development

Many	of	the	joint	ventures	contain	change	of	control	provisions,	as	is	common	for	such	arrangements.

(G).  DeBTORS

Trade debtors  
Amounts due from subsidiaries  
Amounts	due	from	joint	venture	and	associated	companies		
Other	debtors		
Prepayments and accrued income  
Corporation	tax		
Deferred	tax	asset	(see	Note	(J))		

 2010 
 £m 

0.1 
437.4 
12.6	
6.8	
3.1 
 7.9	
5.7 

473.6	

 2009
 £m

 0.1
446.9
5.0
7.8
2.6
	6.5
6.1

475.0

 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	 	
	
	 	
	
	 	
	
	
	 	
	
	
	 	
	
	 	
	
	 	
	
	 	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

85

(h).  CReDITORS  

Amounts falling due within one year:  
Trade creditors  
Amounts due to subsidiaries  
Amounts	due	to	joint	venture	and	associated	companies		
Other	tax	and	social	security		
Other	creditors		
Accruals and deferred income  
Derivative financial instruments  

Amounts falling due after more than one year: 
Bank	loans			
Other	creditors		
Accruals and deferred income  

All	bank	borrowings	are	secured	by	a	fixed	charge	over	the	property	assets	of	the	Company	and	its	subsidiaries.

(I).   BORROWINGS
The	maturity	profile	of	the	bank	borrowings,	all	of	which	are	wholly	repayable	within	five	years,	is	as	follows:		

One	to	two	years	
Two to five years 

Total 

(J).  DeFeRReD TAxATION
The	amounts	of	deferred	taxation	provided	and	unprovided	in	the	accounts	are	:

 2010 
 £m 

 1.4  
112.3 	
4.1	
0.1 
1.1	
12.1	
18.3	

149.4 

 2010 
 £m 

214.5 
—  
1.6 

216.1 

 2010 
 £m 

 40.0 	
174.5	

214.5 

 2009
 £m

 1.1
117.0
3.5
 1.1
2.5
4.7
19.3

149.2

 2009
 £m

 190.1
 1.2
 0.9

192.2

 2009
 £m

	62.5	
127.6

190.1

                         Provided                                       Unprovided
 2009  
 £m  

 2010  
 £m  

 2010  
 £m  

 2009 
 £m 

Capital	allowances	in	excess	of	depreciation		
Other	timing	differences		

—  
(5.7) 

(5.7) 

0.1 
 (6.2) 

 (6.1) 

—  
 0.8  

 0.8  

— 
 0.9

 0.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
		
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notes to the Company Accounts continued
for the year ended 30th November 2010

(J).  DeFeRReD TAxATION CONTINUED
Reconciliation of movement on deferred tax asset included in debtors

Balance	as	at	30th	November	2009		
Profit and loss account  

Balance as at 30th November 2010  

Reconciliation of deferred tax liability included in pension scheme asset 

Balance	as	at	30th	November	2009		
Profit and loss account  
Statement of total recognised gains and losses  

Balance as at 30th November 2010  

(K).  ShARe CAPITAL

Authorised:   
Equity share capital  
At	start	and	end	of	year		

Allotted and fully paid:  
Equity share capital  
At	start	and	end	of	year		

£m

 (6.1)
 0.4

 (5.7)

£m

 — 
 — 
 — 

— 

	£m 

	Ordinary	10p	shares	
	No.		

	 	250,000,000		

	25.0	

	 	200,360,931		

	20.0	

See	Note	3d	of	the	Group	financial	statements	for	details	of	outstanding	options	to	acquire	ordinary	shares.

(L).  ReSeRveS  

At	30th	November	2009		
Revaluation	of	investments	(Note	F)	
Retained	loss	for	the	year	(Note	B)		
Net	share	additions		
Dividends	paid	(Note	D)		
Actuarial	loss	on	pension	scheme	(Note	M)		

At 30th November 2010  

		Share	premium		
	account		
 £m  

 Capital  
	redemption		
	reserve		
 £m  

	Revaluation		
	reserve		
 £m  

	102.8		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		

102.8 

	0.3		
—		
—		
—		
—		
—		

0.3 

	164.7		
89.9		
—		
—		
—		
—		

254.6 

 Profit 
	&	loss	
	account		
 £m  

	86.4		
—		
	(22.3)	
—		
	(2.0)	
	(0.1)	

62.0 

	Own	shares
 £m

(0.4)
—
—
(0.2)
—
—

(0.6)

Own	shares	represent	the	cost	of	259,414	(2009:	273,330)	shares	held	by	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust.	The	open	market	value	of	the	shares	held	
at	30th	November	2010	was	£351,246	(2009:	£580,280).	In	addition	the	Employee	Benefit	Trust	has	£0.1m	(2009:	£0.1m)	of	cash	and	£9.0m	
(2009:	£10.3m)	due	from	the	Company	that	can	only	be	used	for	the	benefit	of	employees.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

87

(M). PeNSIONS
The	Company’s	pension	schemes	are	the	principal	pension	schemes	of	the	Group	and	details	are	set	out	in	Note	18	of	the	Group	financial	statements.	
The directors are satisfied that this note, which contains the required IAS19 “Employee Benefits” disclosures for the Group, also covers the 
requirements	of	FRS17	“Retirement	Benefits”	for	the	Company.

(N). OPeRATING LeASe COMMITMeNTS 
Operating lease commitments where the Company is the lessee

Annual	commitments	under	non-cancellable	operating	leases	are	as	follows:

Operating leases which expire: 
In one year or less 
Between one and five years   
In more than five years 

2010 

2009

Land and  
buildings 
 £m  

—  
—  
0.5  

 0.5  

Other	
 £m  

 0.1  
 0.3  
— 	

 0.4 	

Land and
buildings	
 £m  

—  
—  
	0.5		

	0.5		

Other	
 £m

 0.1
 0.6
—

	0.7

(O).  CONTINGeNT LIABILITIeS
The	Company	has	a	joint	and	several	unlimited	liability	with	Vinci	PLC	and	the	Ministry	of	Defence	under	guarantees	in	respect	of	the	financial	
performance	of	VSM	Estates	(Holdings)	Limited	(“VSM”).	This	is	a	guarantee	in	the	ordinary	course	of	business	and	would	require	the	guarantors	to	
step	into	VSM’s	place	in	the	event	of	a	default	on	Project	MoDEL.	Completion	of	the	project	is	not	considered	onerous	as	the	forecast	revenues	 
exceed	the	anticipated	costs	and	it	is	not	expected	that	there	would	be	any	net	outflow	in	this	regard.

The	Company	is	also	party	to	a	joint	and	several	guarantee	to	Fortis	Bank	in	respect	of	the	performance	of	Sowcrest	Limited	which	is	limited	to	 
£16.0m (2009: £18.4m).

Further, the Company guarantees the performance of its subsidiaries in the course of their usual commercial activities.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Independent Company Auditors’ Report
to the Members of St. Modwen Properties PLC

We	have	audited	the	parent	company	financial	statements	of	St.	Modwen	Properties	PLC	for	the	year	ended	30	November	2010	which	comprise	the	
Company	Balance	Sheet	and	the	related	Notes	A	to	O.	The	financial	reporting	framework	that	has	been	applied	in	their	preparation	is	applicable	law	
and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

This	report	is	made	solely	to	the	Company’s	members,	as	a	body,	in	accordance	with	Chapter	3	of	Part	16	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.	Our	audit	
work	has	been	undertaken	so	that	we	might	state	to	the	Company’s	members	those	matters	we	are	required	to	state	to	them	in	an	auditor’s	report	
and	for	no	other	purpose.	To	the	fullest	extent	permitted	by	law,	we	do	not	accept	or	assume	responsibility	to	anyone	other	than	the	company	and	the	
Company’s	members	as	a	body,	for	our	audit	work,	for	this	report,	or	for	the	opinions	we	have	formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditor
As	explained	more	fully	in	the	Directors’	Responsibilities	Statement,	the	directors	are	responsible	for	the	preparation	of	the	parent	company	financial	
statements	and	for	being	satisfied	that	they	give	a	true	and	fair	view.	Our	responsibility	is	to	audit	and	express	an	opinion	on	the	parent	company	
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to 
comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the financial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable assurance that the 
financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting 
policies	are	appropriate	to	the	parent	company’s	circumstances	and	have	been	consistently	applied	and	adequately	disclosed;	the	reasonableness	of	
significant	accounting	estimates	made	by	the	directors;	and	the	overall	presentation	of	the	financial	statements.

Opinion on financial statements
In our opinion the parent company financial statements:

•	 give	a	true	and	fair	view	of	the	state	of	the	Company’s	affairs	as	at	30	November	2010	and	of	its	loss	for	the	year	then	ended;	

•	 have	been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	United	Kingdom	Generally	Accepted	Accounting	Practice;	and

•	 have	been	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	requirements	of	the	Companies	Act	2006.

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:

•	 the	part	of	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	to	be	audited	has	been	properly	prepared	in	accordance	with	the	Companies	Act	2006;	and	

•	 the	information	given	in	the	Directors’	Report	for	the	financial	year	for	which	the	financial	statements	are	prepared	is	consistent	with	the	parent	

company financial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

•	 adequate	accounting	records	have	not	been	kept	by	the	parent	company,	or	returns	adequate	for	our	audit	have	not	been	received	from	branches	

not	visited	by	us;	or

•	 the	parent	company	financial	statements	and	the	part	of	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report	to	be	audited	are	not	in	agreement	with	the	

accounting	records	and	returns;	or

•	 certain	disclosures	of	directors’	remuneration	specified	by	law	are	not	made;	or

•	 we	have	not	received	all	the	information	and	explanations	we	require	for	our	audit.

Other matter
We	have	reported	separately	on	the	Group	financial	statements	of	St.	Modwen	Properties	PLC	for	the	year	ended	30	November	2010.	

Stephen Griggs FCA (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor
Birmingham, UK
4th February 2011

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

Five Year Record

Net	rental	income*		
Property	profits/(losses)*		
Revaluation	surplus/(deficit)*		
Pre-tax	profit/(loss)†		
Earnings/(loss)	per	share	(pence)		
Dividends	paid	per	share	(pence)		
Dividend	cover	(times)		
Net	assets	per	share	(pence)§		
Increase/(decrease)	on	prior	year		

Net assets employed  
Investment	properties		
Investments		
Inventories			
Other	net	liabilities		
Net	borrowings		

Net assets 	 	

Financed by   
Share capital  
Reserves		
Own	shares			
Minority	interests		

89

2010
 £m 

 33.7
 15.5
 29.4
 37.5
 18.6
 1.0
18.6
 218.0
9%

 828.0
 49.4
	171.6
(297.3)
(314.9)

 436.8

 20.0
	407.8
(0.6)
 9.6 

 436.8

2006	
 £m  

	33.2		
	44.6		
	55.6		
	96.9		
	61.6		
	10.2		
	6.0		
	245.3		
15%	

	736.4		
	77.9		
	65.9		
	(237.5)	
	(252.9)	

	389.8		

 12.1  
	373.7		
	(0.8)	
	4.8		

	389.8		

2007	
 £m  

	34.9		
	54.5		
	62.8		
	100.1		
	73.3		
	11.7		
	6.3		
	284.1		
16%	

	846.9		
	75.4		
	209.3		
	(262.0)	
	(401.9)	

	467.7		

 12.1  
	446.8		
	(0.7)	
	9.5		

	467.7		

2008	
 £m  

	33.2		
	9.7		
	(64.6)	
	(73.1)	
	(37.3)‡		
	3.9		
	(11.0)	
	251.4		
(12%)	

	814.3		
	64.2		
	228.1		
	(282.9)	
	(421.5)	

	402.2		

 12.1  
	380.7		
	(0.1)	
	9.5		

	402.2		

2009	
 £m  

	33.5		
	(8.2)	
	(106.5)	
	(119.4)	
	(59.7)	
	—		
	—		
	200.1		
(20%)	

	762.9		
	41.3		
	192.7		
	(277.1)	
	(318.8)	

	401.0		

 20.0  
	372.7		
	(0.4)	
	8.7		

	401.0		

* 
†  
§  

Including share of joint ventures 
Including post-tax profit of joint ventures 
2006 to 2008 restated for comparability purposes on the assumption that the 2009 Firm Placing and Placing and Open Offer had occurred on 1st December 2005 

The figures above are all presented under IFRS.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
90     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010

Financial Statements

Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice	is	hereby	given	that	the	seventieth	Annual	General	Meeting	of	St.	Modwen	Properties	PLC	will	be	held	at	12	noon	on	Tuesday	22nd	March	
2011	at	the	Marketing	Suite,	Innovation	Centre,	1	Devon	Way,	Longbridge	Technology	Park,	Birmingham,	B31	2TS	for	the	following	purposes:	

Ordinary Business
1.	 To	receive	and	adopt	the	report	of	the	directors	and	the	accounts	for	the	year	ended	30th	November	2010.

2.  To declare a final dividend of 2p per share.

3.	 To	re-elect	Steve	Burke	as	a	director.

4.	 To	re-elect	Simon	Clarke	as	a	director.

5.	 To	re-elect	Lady	Katherine	Innes	Ker	as	a	director.

6.	 To	re-elect	Lesley	James	as	a	director.

7.	 To	re-elect	Bill	Oliver	as	a	director.

8.	 To	re-elect	John	Salmon	as	a	director.	

9.	 To	elect	Michael	Dunn	as	a	director.

10. To elect David Garman as a director. 

11. To elect Bill Shannon as a director.

12.	To	reappoint	Deloitte	LLP	as	Auditors	of	the	Company	to	hold	office	until	the	conclusion	of	the	next	General	Meeting	at	which	accounts	are	laid	

and to authorise the directors to determine their remuneration.

Special Business

To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions:

13.  Ordinary Resolution

That	the	Directors’	remuneration	report	for	the	year	ended	30th	November	2010	be	approved.	

14.  Ordinary Resolution

That	the	authority	to	allot	relevant	securities	and	equity	securities	conferred	on	the	directors	by	Article	7.2	of	the	Company’s	Articles	of	
Association	be	and	is	hereby	granted	for	the	period	ending	on	22nd	June	2012	or	at	the	conclusion	of	the	Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	
Company	to	be	held	after	the	date	of	the	passing	of	this	Resolution	(whichever	is	the	earlier)	and	for	such	period	the	Section	551	amount	shall	
be	£4,963,907.

15. Special Resolution

That	the	power	to	allot	relevant	securities	and	equity	securities	conferred	on	the	directors	by	Article	7.2	of	the	Company’s	Articles	of	Association	
be	and	is	hereby	granted	for	the	period	ending	on	22nd	June	2012	or	at	the	conclusion	of	the	Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company	to	be	held	
after	the	date	of	the	passing	of	this	Resolution	(whichever	is	the	earlier)	and	for	such	period	the	Section	561	amount	shall	be	£1,001,805.

16. Special Resolution

That,	in	accordance	with	Article	9	of	its	Articles	of	Association	and	Section	701	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	the	Company	be	and	is	hereby	
granted	general	and	unconditional	authority	to	make	market	purchases	(as	defined	in	Section	693	of	the	Companies	Act	2006)	of	any	of	its	
own	ordinary	shares	on	such	terms	and	in	such	manner	as	the	Board	of	directors	may	from	time	to	time	determine	PROVIDED	THAT	the	general	
authority conferred by this Resolution shall:

(a)	 be	limited	to	20,036,093	ordinary	shares	of	10p	each;

(b)	 not	permit	the	payment	per	share	of	more	than	105%	of	the	average	middle	market	price	quotation	on	the	London	Stock	Exchange	for	the	
ordinary	shares	on	the	five	previous	dealing	days	or	less	than	10p	(in	each	case	exclusive	of	advance	corporation	tax	(if	any)	and	expenses	
payable	by	the	Company);	and

(c)	 expire	on	22nd	June	2012	or	at	the	conclusion	of	the	next	Annual	General	Meeting	of	the	Company	to	be	held	after	the	date	of	the	passing	
of	this	Resolution	(whichever	is	the	earlier),	save	that	if	the	Company	should	before	such	expiry	enter	into	a	contract	of	purchase	then	the	
purchase	may	be	completed	or	executed	wholly	or	partly	after	such	expiry.

 
	
	
	
	
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

91

17. Special Resolution 
To consider and, if thought fit, to pass the following as a special resolution:

That a general meeting other than an annual general meeting may be called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice. 

By order of the Board

Reeta Stokes
Company Secretary 
28th February 2011

Registered Office:
Sir Stanley Clarke House
7, Ridgeway
Quinton Business Park
Birmingham B32 1AF 

explanatory notes to the Resolutions
1	 Resolution	1	is	to	receive	the	Accounts	and	the	Reports	of	the	Directors	and	the	Auditors	for	the	year	ended	30th	November	2010.	

2	 The	performance	of	the	Board	as	a	whole,	as	well	as	the	contribution	made	by	the	individual	non-executive	directors	has	been	reviewed	during	the	
course of the year. After considering this evaluation, the Board believes that the individuals continue to demonstrate commitment to their roles 
and	that	their	respective	skills	complement	each	other	to	enhance	the	overall	operation	of	the	Board.	All	of	the	directors	offer	themselves	for	re-
election,	proposed	through	separate	resolutions	3	to	8.	Biographical	details	of	these	directors	can	be	found	on	pages	28	and	29.	

3	 Under	the	Company’s	Articles	of	Association,	any	director	appointed	by	the	Board	since	the	date	of	the	last	Annual	General	Meeting	may	only	
hold	office	until	the	next	Annual	General	Meeting,	at	which	time	the	director	is	required	to	stand	for	election	by	the	shareholders.	Accordingly,	
David	Garman,	Bill	Shannon	and	Michael	Dunn,	having	been	appointed	on	19th	April,	1st	November	and	1st	December	2010	respectively,	offer	
themselves for election, under resolutions 9 to 11. Their biographies are shown on pages 28 and 29.

4	

	Resolution	12	is	proposed	to	re-appoint	Deloitte	LLP	as	auditors	to	hold	office	until	the	next	general	meeting	of	the	Company	at	which	accounts	
are presented and to authorise the Directors to determine the level of the auditors’ remuneration. 

5	 Resolution	13	is	to	approve	the	Directors’	Remuneration	Report,	which	is	included	on	pages	38	to	43	and	provides	details	of	the	Group’s	

remuneration	policy	for	the	directors	and	senior	executives.	In	accordance	with	sections	439	and	440	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	the	vote	on	
this resolution is advisory and no director’s remuneration is conditional upon the passing of this resolution. 

6	 The	existing	general	authority	of	the	directors	to	allot	shares	and	the	current	disapplication	of	the	statutory	pre-emption	rights	granted	at	the	

Company’s	2010	Annual	General	Meeting	expire	at	the	conclusion	of	the	forthcoming	Annual	General	Meeting.

Article	7.2	of	the	Company’s	Articles	of	Association	contains	a	general	authority	for	the	directors	to	allot	shares	in	the	Company	for	a	period	(not	
exceeding	five	years)	(“the	prescribed	period”)	and	up	to	a	maximum	aggregate	nominal	amount	(“the	Section	551	amount”)	approved	by	a	
Special	or	Ordinary	Resolution	of	the	Company.	Article	7.2	also	empowers	the	directors	during	the	prescribed	period	to	allot	shares	for	cash	in	
connection	with	a	rights	issue	and	also	to	allot	shares	for	cash	in	any	other	circumstances	up	to	a	maximum	aggregate	nominal	amount	approved	
by	a	Special	Resolution	of	the	Company	(“the	Section	561	amount”).

Resolution	14,	which	will	be	proposed	as	an	Ordinary	Resolution,	provides	for	the	Section	551	amount	to	be	£4,963,907	(being	an	amount	
equal	to	the	authorised	but	unissued	share	capital	of	the	Company	at	the	date	of	this	report	and	representing	25%	of	the	Company’s	issued	share	
capital	at	that	date).	The	Board	has	no	intention	at	present	to	exercise	the	authority	to	allot	shares	under	this	resolution.	

Resolution	15,	which	will	be	proposed	as	a	Special	Resolution,	provides	for	the	Section	561	amount	to	be	£1,001,805	(representing	5%	of	the	
Company’s issued share capital). 

The	prescribed	period	for	which	these	powers	and	authorities	are	granted	will	expire	at	the	conclusion	of	the	Annual	General	Meeting	to	be	held	
next	year	or	on	22nd	June	2012	if	earlier,	when	the	directors	intend	to	seek	renewal	of	the	authorities.

7	 Resolution	16	is	to	renew	the	authority	for	the	Company	to	purchase	certain	of	its	own	shares	for	a	further	year.	The	directors	believe	it	is	

advantageous	to	have	such	authority	but	would	only	exercise	it	if	it	was	believed	to	be	in	the	best	interests	of	shareholders.	At	present,	the	Board	
has	no	intention	to	exercise	the	authority.

	
	
	
	
92     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Notice of Annual General Meeting continued

8.  Changes made to the 2006 Act by the Shareholders’ Rights Regulations increase the notice period required for general meetings of the Company 
to	21	clear	days	unless	shareholders	approve	a	shorter	notice	period,	which	cannot	however	be	less	than	14	clear	days.	Annual	General	Meetings	
(“AGM”)	will	continue	to	be	held	on	at	least	21	clear	days’	notice.

Before	the	Shareholders’	Rights	Regulations	came	into	force	on	3	August	2009,	the	Company	was	able	to	call	general	meetings	other	than	AGMs	
on	14	clear	days’	notice	without	obtaining	such	shareholder	approval.	In	order	to	preserve	this	ability,	Resolution	17	seeks	such	approval.	The	
approval	will	be	effective	until	the	Company’s	next	AGM,	when	it	is	intended	that	a	similar	resolution	will	be	proposed.

The	following	notes	explain	your	general	rights	as	a	shareholder	and	your	right	to	attend	and	vote	at	this	AGM	or	to	appoint	someone	else	to	vote	
on your behalf. 

a)	 A	member	entitled	to	attend	and	vote	at	this	meeting	may	appoint	a	proxy	to	attend,	speak	and	vote	on	his/her	behalf.	A	member	may	

appoint	more	than	one	proxy	in	relation	to	the	meeting	provided	that	each	proxy	is	appointed	to	exercise	the	rights	attached	to	a	different	
share	or	shares	of	the	member.	A	proxy	need	not	be	a	member	but	must	attend	the	meeting	in	person.	Proxy	forms	should	be	lodged	with	the	
registrar’s	office	or	submitted	not	later	than	48	hours	before	the	time	for	which	the	meeting	is	convened.	Completion	of	the	appropriate	proxy	
form	does	not	prevent	a	member	from	attending	and	voting	in	person	if	he/she	is	entitled	to	do	so	and	so	wishes.

b)	 To	be	valid,	the	Form	of	Proxy	and	the	power	of	attorney	or	other	authority	(if	any)	under	which	it	is	signed,	or	a	notarially	certified	copy	of	

such	power	or	authority,	must	be	received	by	the	Company’s	registrars	before	12	noon	on	Sunday	20th	March	2011,	either	in	hard	copy	form	
by	post,	by	courier	or	by	hand	to	the	Company’s	registrars,	Equiniti	Aspect	House,	Spencer	Road,	Lancing,	BN99	6DA.	

c)	 Any	person	to	whom	this	notice	is	sent	who	is	a	person	nominated	under	section	146	of	the	Companies	Act	2006	to	enjoy	information	rights	
(“Nominated	Person”)	may,	under	an	agreement	with	the	member	who	nominated	him/her,	have	a	right	to	be	appointed,	or	have	someone	
else	appointed,	as	a	proxy	for	the	meeting.	If	a	Nominated	Person	does	not	have	this	right	or	does	not	wish	to	exercise	it,	he	or	she	may	have	
a right under such an agreement to give the member voting instructions.

d)	 The	statement	of	the	rights	of	members	in	relation	to	the	appointment	of	proxies	in	Note	(a)	does	not	apply	to	Nominated	Persons

e)	 As	at	25th	February	2011	(being	the	last	working	day	prior	to	the	publication	of	this	notice),	the	Company’s	issued	share	capital	consisted	of	

200,360,931	shares,	carrying	one	vote	each,	which	represents	the	total	voting	rights	in	the	Company	as	at	that	date.

f)  The following documents are available for inspection during normal business hours at the registered office of the Company on any business 

day	and	may	also	be	inspected	at	the	Marketing	Suite,	Innovation	Centre,	1	Devon	Way,	Longbridge	Technology	Park,	Birmingham,	B31	2TS	
at	least	15	minutes	prior	to	the	commencement	of,	and	during	the	continuance	of,	the	Annual	General	Meeting:

(i)	 copies	of	the	Directors’	service	contracts	with	the	Company;

(ii)	 copies	of	the	Non-Executive	Directors’	letters	of	appointment;	and

(iii) a copy of the Company’s Articles of Association

g)  In accordance with Regulation 41 of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001, the Company gives notice that only those shareholders 
entered on the relevant register of members (the “Register”) for certificated or uncertificated shares of the Company (as the case may be) 
at	6	p.m.	on	Sunday	20th	March	2011	(the	“Specified	Time”)	will	be	entitled	to	attend	or	vote	at	the	meeting	in	respect	of	the	number	of	
shares registered in their name at the time. Changes to entries on the Register after the Specified Time will be disregarded in determining 
the	rights	of	any	person	to	attend	or	vote	at	that	meeting.	Should	the	meeting	be	adjourned	to	a	time	not	more	than	48	hours	after	the	
Specified Time, that time will also apply for the purpose of determining the entitlement of members to attend and vote (and for the purpose 
of	determining	the	number	of	votes	they	may	cast)	at	the	adjourned	meeting.	Should	the	meeting	be	adjourned	for	a	longer	period,	then	to	be	
so	entitled,	members	must	be	entered	on	the	Register	at	the	time	which	is	48	hours	before	the	time	fixed	for	the	adjourned	meeting	or,	if	the	
Company	gives	notice	of	the	adjourned	meeting,	at	the	time	specified	in	the	notice.

h)	 Electronic	proxy	appointment	through	CREST

CREST	members	who	wish	to	appoint	a	proxy	or	proxies	through	the	CREST	electronic	proxy	appointment	service	may	do	so	for	the	annual	
general	meeting	and	any	adjournment(s)	thereof	by	using	the	procedures	described	in	the	CREST	Manual.	CREST	Personal	Members	or	other	
CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor 
or	voting	service	provider(s),	who	will	be	able	to	take	the	appropriate	action	on	their	behalf.

In	order	for	a	proxy	appointment	or	instruction	made	using	the	CREST	service	to	be	valid,	the	appropriate	CREST	message	(a	“CREST	Proxy	
Instruction”)	must	be	properly	authenticated	in	accordance	with	Euroclear	UK	&	Ireland	Limited’s	(“EUI”)	specifications	and	must	contain	
the	information	required	for	such	instructions,	as	described	in	the	CREST	Manual	(available	at	www.euroclear.com/CREST).	The	message,	
regardless	of	whether	it	constitutes	the	appointment	of	a	proxy	or	an	amendment	to	the	instruction	given	to	a	previously	appointed	proxy	
must,	in	order	to	be	valid,	be	transmitted	so	as	to	be	received	by	the	Company’s	agent	(ID	RA19)	by	the	latest	time(s)	for	receipt	of	proxy	
appointments	specified	in	the	notice	of	meeting.	For	this	purpose,	the	time	of	receipt	will	be	taken	to	be	the	time	(as	determined	by	the	
timestamp	applied	to	the	message	by	the	CREST	Applications	Host)	from	which	the	Company’s	agent	is	able	to	retrieve	the	message	by	
enquiry	to	CREST	in	the	manner	prescribed	by	CREST.	After	this	time	any	change	of	instructions	to	proxies	appointed	through	CREST	should	
be communicated to the appointee through other means.

	
	
	
	
 
www.stmodwen.co.uk 

93

CREST	members	and,	where	applicable,	their	CREST	sponsors	or	voting	service	providers	should	note	that	EUI	does	not	make	available	special	
procedures	in	CREST	for	any	particular	messages.	Normal	system	timings	and	limitations	will	therefore	apply	in	relation	to	the	input	of	CREST	
Proxy	Instructions.	It	is	the	responsibility	of	the	CREST	member	concerned	to	take	(or,	if	the	CREST	member	is	a	CREST	personal	member	or	
sponsored	member	or	has	appointed	a	voting	service	provider(s),	to	procure	that	his	CREST	sponsor	or	voting	service	provider(s)	take(s))	such	
action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, 
CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the 
CREST	Manual	concerning	practical	limitations	of	the	CREST	system	and	timings.

The	Company	may	treat	as	invalid	a	CREST	Proxy	Instruction	in	the	circumstances	set	out	in	Regulation	35(5)(a)	of	the	Uncertificated	Securities	
Regulations 2001. 

i)		 Representatives	of	shareholders	that	are	corporations	will	have	to	produce	evidence	of	their	proper	appointment	when	attending	the	AGM. 	Please	

contact our Registrars if you need any further guidance on this.

j)	 Every	shareholder	has	the	right	to	appoint	some	other	person(s)	of	their	choice,	who	need	not	be	a	shareholder	as	his	proxy	to	exercise	all	or	any	
of	his	rights,	to	attend,	speak	and	vote	on	their	behalf	at	the	meeting.	If	you	wish	to	appoint	a	person	other	than	the	Chairman,	please	insert	
the	name	of	your	chosen	proxy	holder	in	the	space	provided.	If	the	proxy	is	being	appointed	in	relation	to	less	than	your	full	voting	entitlement,	
please	enter	in	the	box	next	to	the	proxy	holder’s	name	the	number	of	shares	in	relation	to	which	they	are	authorised	to	act	as	your	proxy.	If	left	
blank	your	proxy	will	be	deemed	to	be	authorised	in	respect	of	your	full	voting	entitlement	(or	if	the	proxy	form	has	been	issued	in	respect	of	a	
designated account for a shareholder, the full voting entitlement for that designated account).

k)	To	appoint	more	than	one	proxy,	(an)	additional	proxy	form(s)	may	be	obtained	by	contacting	the	Registrars’	helpline	on	0871	384	2198	or	you	

may	photocopy	this	form	(calls	to	this	number	are	charged	at	8p	per	minute	from	a	BT	landline,	other	telephony	provider	costs	may	vary.	Overseas	
callers	should	dial	+44	121	415	7047.	Lines	are	open	from	8.30am	to	5.30pm	Monday	to	Friday).	Please	indicate	in	the	box	next	to	the	proxy	
holder’s	name	the	number	of	shares	in	relation	to	which	they	are	authorised	to	act	as	your	proxy.	All	forms	must	be	signed	and	should	be	returned	
together in the same envelope.

l)	 Shareholders	who	would	prefer	to	register	the	appointment	of	their	proxy	electronically	via	the	internet	can	do	so	through	the	Sharevote	website,	
www.sharevote.co.uk,	using	their	personal	Authentication	Reference	Number	(this	is	the	series	of	numbers	printed	under	the	headings	Voting	ID,	
Task	ID	and	Shareholder	Reference	Number	on	the	Proxy	Form).	Alternatively,	shareholders	who	have	already	registered	with	Equiniti	Registrars’	
online	portfolio	service,	Shareview,	can	appoint	their	proxy	electronically	by	logging	on	to	their	portfolio	at	www.shareview.co.uk	and	clicking	on	
the	link	to	vote	under	their St.	Modwen	Properties PLC	holding	details.	Full	details	and	instructions	on	these	electronic	proxy	facilities	are	given	
on the respective websites. 

You	may	not	use	any	electronic	address	provided	in	either	this	Notice	of	General	Meeting	or	any	related	documents	(including	the	Proxy	Form)	to	
communicate	with	the	Company	for	any	purposes	other	than	those	expressly	stated.

m)	 Any	shareholder	attending	the	meeting	has	the	right	to	ask	questions.	The	Company	must	cause	to	be	answered	any	such	question	relating	to	

the business being dealt with at the meeting but no such answer need be given if (a) to do so would interfere unduly with the preparation for the 
meeting or involve the disclosure of confidential information, (b) the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a 
question, or (c) it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting that the question be answered.

n)	 A	copy	of	this	notice,	and	other	information	required	by	section	311A	of	the	Companies	Act	2006,	can	be	found	on	the	Company’s	website	at	 

www.stmodwen.co.uk.

	
	
	
94     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Financial Statements

Glossary of Terms

Annualised net rents are gross rents as at a reporting date plus, where 
rent reviews are outstanding, any increases to estimated rental value 
(as	determined	by	the	Group’s	external	valuers),	less	any	ground	rents	
payable under head leases.

Interest cover is	profit	before	interest	and	tax	(excluding	non-cash	items	
such as investment property revaluations) plus the realisation of previous 
years’	revaluations,	as	a	percentage	of	net	interest	(excluding	non-cash	
items	such	as	mark-to-market	of	interest	rate	swaps).

BReeAM — Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment 
Method	—	an	industry-wide	system	of	standards	to	assess	sustainable	
developments and measure the environmental impact of buildings.

Capital allowances deferred tax provision — In accordance with IAS 12, 
full	provision	has	been	made	for	the	deferred	tax	arising	on	the	benefit	of	
capital	allowances	claimed	to	date.	However,	in	the	Group’s	experience,	
the	liabilities	in	respect	of	capital	allowances	provided	are	unlikely	to	
crystallise	in	practice	and	are	therefore	excluded	when	arriving	at	 
EPRA	NAV.

Compulsory purchase order (CPO) is the compulsory acquisition of land 
by	a	planning	authority,	undertaken	in	the	public	interest	and	with	pre-
defined timescales and compensation arrangements.

CSR — Corporate social responsibility.

ePRA is the European Public Real Estate Association — a body that has 
put forward recommendations for best practice for financial reporting by 
real estate companies.

ePRA net asset value (ePRA NAv) is the balance sheet net assets, 
excluding	fair	value	adjustments	for	debt	and	related	derivatives,	
deferred	taxation	on	revaluation	and	capital	allowances.

ePRA net assets per share is EPRA net assets divided by the diluted 
number of shares at the period end.

estimated rental value (eRv)	is	the	Group’s	external	valuers’	opinion	as	to	
the	open	market	rent	which,	on	the	date	of	valuation,	could	reasonably	
be	expected	to	be	obtained	on	a	new	letting	or	rent	review	of	the	
property.

equivalent yield is a weighted average of the initial yield and reversionary 
yield and represents the return a property will produce based on the 
timing of the income received.

Gearing	is	the	level	of	the	Group’s	bank	borrowing	(excluding	finance	
leases)	expressed	as	a	percentage	of	net	assets.

hopper	is	the	bank	of	property	comprising	all	of	the	land	under	the	
Group’s	control,	whether	wholly	owned	or	through	joint	ventures	or	
development agreements.

IFRS — International financial reporting standards.

Initial yield is	the	annualised	net	rent	expressed	as	a	percentage	of	the	
valuation.

IPD	is	Investment	Property	Databank	Ltd.,	a	company	that	produces	an	
independent	benchmark	of	property	returns.

Market value is an opinion of the best price at which the sale of an 
interest in the property would complete unconditionally for cash 
consideration on the date of valuation (as determined by the Group’s 
external	valuers).

In	accordance	with	usual	practice,	the	Group’s	external	valuers	report	
valuations net, after the deduction of the prospective purchaser’s costs, 
including stamp duty, agent and legal fees.

Marshalling	is	the	process	of	progressing	projects	through	planning	and	
development.

Net rental income is the rental income receivable in the period after 
payment of ground rents and net property outgoings.

Pre-sold	projects	are	those	projects	where	we	are	constructing	buildings	
that have been specified by, and designed for, or adapted by, a specific 
client	under	a	specific	construction	contract.	On	such	projects,	profit	is	
recognised using the stage completion method.

Property profits includes profits made on sales of investment properties, 
properties held for sale and properties under construction.

Rent roll is the gross rent plus rent reviews that have been agreed as at 
the reporting date.

Section 106 agreements are legally binding agreements reached with local 
planning authorities under S106 of the Town and Country Planning Act 
1990. They address the impact of proposed developments on the local 
community and often involve a financial contribution by the developer.

voids	is	the	estimated	rental	value	of	vacant	properties	expressed	as	a	
percentage	of	the	total	estimated	rental	value	of	the	portfolio,	excluding	
development properties.

Weighted average debt maturity — Each tranche of Group debt is 
multiplied by the remaining period to its maturity and the result is 
divided by total Group debt in issue at the period end.

Weighted average interest rate is the Group loan interest and derivative 
costs per annum at the period end, divided by total Group debt in issue 
at the period end.

www.stmodwen.co.uk 

95

Information for Shareholders

Financial Calendar

Annual General Meeting 
Announcement of 2011 interim results 
Announcement of 2011 final results 

Ordinary shareholdings at 30th November 2010

By shareholder
Directors and connected persons 
Individuals 
Insurance companies, nominees and pension funds 
Other limited companies and corporate bodies 

By shareholding
Up to 500 
501 to 1,000 
1,001 to 5,000 
5,001 to 10,000 
10,001 to 50,000 
50,001 to 100,000 
100,001 to 500,000 
500,001 to 1,000,000 
1,000,001 and above  

22nd March 2011
July 2011
February 2012

Shareholders 

Shares

No. 

% 

No. (m) 

%

26 
3,793 
682 
110 

0.39 
82.43 
14.79 
2.39 

53,403,706 
12,221,276 
131,256,494 
3,479,455 

26.65 
6.10
65.51
1.74

Shareholders 

Shares

No. 

% 

No. (m) 

%

1,118 
825 
1,671 
420 
356 
68 
85 
22 
46 

24.25 
17.89 
36.24 
9.11 
7.72 
1.47 
1.84 
0.48 
1.00 

278,013 
638,071 
3,873,975 
3,029,388 
7,532,349 
4,983,697 
19,741,993 
16,494,417 
143,789,028 

0.14
0.32
1.93
1.51
3.76
2.49
9.85
8.23
71.77

Registrars 
The Registrars to the Company are Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing, West Sussex, BN99 6DH.
Shareholder enquiry line: 0871 384 2198. 

The Registrars’ website is: www.shareview.co.uk. Registering on this website will enable you, amongst other features, to view your  
St. Modwen Properties PLC shareholding online.

Share dealing service 
Equiniti offer a telephone and internet share dealing service which allows you to buy or sell St. Modwen Properties PLC shares if you are a UK resident. 

Details can be found on their website www.shareview.co.uk/dealing. This arrangement is available at any time during market trading hours and provides 

an easy and convenient facility to trade shares offering real time prices through a range of market makers. Full terms and conditions for this service are 
available on the Shareview website. To trade over the telephone, please call 08456 037037. 

Registered office
Sir Stanley Clarke House
7 Ridgeway
Quinton Business Park
Birmingham
B32 1AF

Company number
349201

Website
www.stmodwen.co.uk

Joint Stockbrokers
JP Morgan Cazenove
Numis Securities

This annual report is printed on Claro Silk, comprising fibres sourced from 
sustainable forest reserves and bleached without the use of chlorine. The 
production mill for this paper operates to EMAS, ISO 14001 environmental 
and ISO 9001 quality standards.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96     St Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
Development Projects

NORTh WEST
NEWTON-LE-WILLOWS 
– Vulcan Works

GLASGOW 
– Pegasus Business Park
– Springburn

PRESTON 
– Channel Way

BLACkBuRN 
– Evolution Park

SkELMERSDALE 
– Town Centre

ECCLES 
– Lankro Way

WIGAN 
– Enterprise Park

MANChESTER 
– Wythenshawe 
– Trafford Park 
– Openshaw

LIvERPOOL 
– East Lancs Road 
– Great Homer Street

WIDNES 
– Economic Development Zone
– Town Centre

WARRINGTON
– Trident Business Park

PRESCOT

CONNAh’S QuAY

ELLESMERE PORT

BuRNLEY

YORkShIRE & NORTh EAST
DARLINGTON
– Whessoe Road

SuNDERLAND

huLL
– Melton Park

DONCASTER  
– Worcester Avenue
– Parkside

LINCOLN 

NORTh STAFFORDShIRE
STOkE-ON-TRENT 
– Etruria Valley, Festival Park 
– Trentham Lakes 
– Fenton 25 & Berryhill 
– Phoenix Park 
– Blythe Vale Business Park 
– Victoria Park 
– Nile Street 
– The Trentham Estate & 
   Gardens

STONE
– Meaford Business Park

MIDLANDS
DERBY
– Hilton Depot

STAFFORD
– Lichfield Road 
– St. Leonard’s

BuRTON-uPON-TRENT
– Barton Business Park 
– Branston 
– Pirelli

WOLvERhAMPTON
– Goodyear

TELFORD
– Brockton Business Park 
– Queensway Business Park

WALSALL
– St. Matthew’s Quarter 
– Pelsall Road

BIRMINGhAM
– Washwood Heath
– Quinton Business Park

LONGBRIDGe

RuGBY
– Mill Road 
– Newbold Road

WORCESTER 
– Shrub Hill Industrial Estate 
– Blackpole Trading Estate 
– Great Western Business Park 
– Gregorys Bank 
– Taylors Lane

STRATFORD-uPON-AvON
– Long Marston

COvENTRY
– Whitley Business Park

CANNOCk
– Hednesford Town Centre 
– Pye Green 
– Watling Street

NOTTINGhAM
– Bestwood Business Park

SOuTh WEST & SOuTh WALES
GLOuCESTER
– Quedgeley Business Park

LONDON & SOuTh EAST
MILL hILL
– Inglis Barracks

uxBRIDGE 
– RAF Uxbridge

ThuRROCk 
– South Ockendon

LONDON 
– Elephant & Castle
– Leegate
– Wembley Central
– Hounslow

WOkING
– The Planets

BRIGhTON
– Woodingdean

FARNBOROuGh 
– Town Centre

GuILDFORD
– Henley Industrial Estate

YALDING
– Syngenta

EASTLEIGh 
– Campbell Road

POOLE
– Discovery Court

ESSEx
– South Ockendon

SuRREY
– Copthorne

NEWPORT, GWENT
– Glan Llyn (Llanwern) 
– Celtic Business Park

DuRSLEY
– Littlecombe

AvONMOuTh, BRISTOL
– Access 18

TAuNTON
– Langford Mead 
– Firepool

NEATh
– Coed Darcy

ExETER
– Skypark

PORT TALBOT
– Baglan Bay

WESTON-SuPER-MARE
– Westlands 
– Locking Parklands 

SWANSEA
– Transit (Swansea University)

CLEvEDON
– Clevedon Business Park

NORThERN hOME COuNTIES
CRANFIELD
– Technology Park

BEDFORD 
– Thurleigh Airfield
– Town Centre

ENFIELD
– Edmonton Green Town Centre

MILTON kEYNES
– Stratford Road

hATFIELD
– Town Centre

LETChWORTh
– Letchworth Business Park

LuTON
– Guildford Street

hEMEL hEMPSTEAD
– Maxsted Park

 
St. Modwen Properties PLC  Annual Report 2010
welcome to St. Modwen

Contents

www.stmodwen.co.uk 
resource Centre

St. Modwen is the uK’s leading regeneration 
specialist. over the last 30 years we have built 
up a land bank of over 5,700 developable acres 
and have transformed the uK landscape via 
thoughtfully planned sustainable communities, 
mixed-use and town centre schemes, district 
centres and business and employment 
developments.

our schemes act as the catalyst for wide scale 
comprehensive regeneration in the areas that need 
it the most. With each development we seek to 
leave a legacy by providing the right physical and 
economic infrastructure where businesses and 
communities can evolve and develop.

We have a strong presence across the uK and our 
diverse property portfolio of over 180 sites means 
we are not over exposed to a single scheme, tenant 
or sector. this portfolio is largely divided into 
three specific areas of focus: income producing, 
residential land and commercial land.

Business review
Page 07
Operational and financial 
performance in 2010 and 
prospects for 2011.
08  Chairman’s Statement

10  Chief Executive’s Review 

12  Operating and Financial Review

Corporate Governance
Page 21
Information regarding the 
Board and how they have run 
the business for the benefit  
of the shareholders.

22  Corporate Social Responsibility 

28  Board Members and  
Senior Management 

31  Corporate Governance Report

38  Directors’ Remuneration Report

Financial Statements
Page 45
Detailed analysis of  
financial performance.

46  Directors’ Responsibilities 

Statement

47 

Independent Group  
Auditors’ Report

48  Group and Company  

Accounts 

88 

Independent  
Auditors’ Report

89  Five Year Record

90  Notice of Annual  
General Meeting 

94  Glossary of Terms

95 

Information for Shareholders 

96  Development Projects

Reports and Publications

St. Modwen’s reports and publications are 
available to view online or download from 
www.stmodwen.co.uk

You can order St. Modwen’s printed 
publications, free of charge from:

UK and Rest of World

Sir Stanley Clarke House
7 Ridgeway
Quinton Business Park
Birmingham
B32 1AF

Industrial 
St. Modwen’s reports and publications are available to view online or 
download from www.stmodwen.co.uk

Retail

Registered office
Sir Stanley Clarke House
7 Ridgeway
Quinton Business Park
Birmingham
B32 1AF

Company number
349201

Website
www.stmodwen.co.uk

Joint Stockbrokers
JP Morgan Cazenove
Numis Securities

18573-04  

16/02/2011 

Proof 7

18573-04  

16/02/2011 

Proof 7

nortHern HoMe CoUntieS

First Floor, Unit E1
The Courtyard
Alban Park
Hatfield Road
St Albans
Hertfordshire
AL4 0LA

01727 732690

St. Modwen 
ProPertieS PLC
Company Number 349201

HeAd oFFiCe & MidLAndS 
reGionAL oFFiCe

Sir Stanley Clarke House
7 Ridgeway
Quinton Business Park
Birmingham
B32 1AF

0121 222 9400

www.stmodwen.co.uk 
info@stmodwen.co.uk

reGionAL oFFiCeS:
London & SoUtH eASt

180   Great Portland Street
London
W1W 5QZ

020 7788 3700

SoUtH weSt & SoUtH wALeS

Green Court
King’s Weston Lane
Avonmouth
Bristol
BS11 8AZ

0117 316 7780

YorKSHire & nortH eASt

Ground Floor, Unit 2
Landmark Court
Elland Road
Leeds
LS11 8JT

0113 272 7070

nortH StAFFordSHire

The Trentham Estate
Management Suite
Stone Road
Trentham
Stoke-on-Trent
ST4 8AX

01782 281844

nortH weSt

Chepstow House
Trident Business Park
Daten Avenue
Risley
Warrington
WA3 6BX

01925 825950

S
t
M
o
d
w
e
n
P
r
o
P
e
r
t
i
e
S
P
L
C

A
n
n
u
A
l
R
e
p
o
R
t

f
o
R
t
h
e
y
e
A
R
e
n
d
e
d
3
0
n
o
V
e
M
B
e
R
2
0
1
0

the uK’s leading
Regeneration Specialist

St. Modwen ProPertieS PLC
www.stmodwen.co.uk

StoCK Code: SMP

St Modwen ProPertieS PLC
AnnuAl RepoRt foR the yeAR ended 30 noVeMBeR 2010 

18573-04  

16/02/2011 

Proof 7

18573-04  

16/02/2011 

Proof 7